Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutFile Documents.134 E Bleeker St.0064-2022-BCHO (11) GB SINCE 1970 November 25, 2019 Christine Page ('SA The Fireplace Company MANUFACTURER OF QUALITY PRODUCTS Hello Christine: GAS LOGS VENTED VENT-FREE To confirm our conversation last week, all Golden Blount Top Vent fireplaces are equipped with a manual damper that prevents GAS FIREPLACES outside air infiltration into the structure and air in the home from TOP VENT exiting through the chimney. Our gas fireplaces are tested and certified to the ANSI Z21.50 test standard. PFS Testing Labs has GLASS DOORS tested and certified these fireplaces under test report # F15-047. TRADITIONAL CLEAN-FACE "FOLD-BACK" A key requirement in the ANSI Z21.50 standard is, fireplaces z-DOORS supplied with manual operating dampers shall be equipped with a device which will shut off all gas to the main burner when the main GAS FIRE PITS burner is operated with the manuallyoperated vent damper closed. GAS FIRE PANS p p p This damper switch, which is supplied with all of our models, will INFRARED ELITEnot allow gas to flow to the main burner unless damper is opened, GAS GRILLS thus eliminating the possibility of the fireplace operating if the damper is closed. This feature eliminates the necessity of adding a glass door to the fireplace or the need for a top mounted damper. Please feel free to call me with any questions or concerns you might have regarding this issue. Sincerely, Bill Romans am RECEIVED ,.12/05/2022 FACTORY AND CORPORATE OFFICES lunyMIMPIIVICE 0$/25/2022 4301 WESTGROVE DR., ADDISON,TX 75001 972-250-3113 FAX 972-250-3016 www.goldenblountinc.com ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT by Top Vent Gas Fireplace, l' USF3624TV ist . iorisi_ t4t, III Shown with Texas Bonfir- •• - • - - - • - - - 'of F_.!!._ i Ailli 1 • 36"W x 24"H opening 1I —31" I +7foP VIEW UNIT DIMENSIONS FOR • Uses 8" B-Vent pipe 231/12' Q 161/2 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING • Choice of 3 log styles F=ON=VIE SIDE VIEW l 42" =6„ • Highly detailed refractory panels 413I 16 %;�!I�� t„� SIDE DOOR MODEL 46" OPENING in 2 styles, 4 colors MINIMUM t1 2q" HEIGHT llllll1 414" FRAMINGIMENI =7" '" . P/ED 50,000 BTUs DIMENSIONS 36 �d�nnpp15A'lE7j(�}� 6.5"R .0 • ciF�- 45 12 W}��Y V HOLE FOR GAS LINE : 1 ALL PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED IN DALLAS, TEXAS • SINCE 1970 INSTALLER/CONSUMER RETAIN THIS APPLIANCE MANUAL WITH THE INSTALLED APPLIANCE pFS INSTALLATIONGB AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS GOLDEN BLOUNT U SUPER-FIRE 1\N-Off- LS SF3624_TV/ SF4224-TV TOP_VENT FIREPLACE ��O O CjQ& PFS APPROVED FOR NATURAL GAS OR PROPANE GAS g'SP 0,' IMPORTANT! Read all instructions carefully before starting installation. Failure to follow these instructions may result in property damage, personal injury or possible loss of life. ■ The Flue Damper must be in the WARNING: If the information in these full open position when burning the instructions is not followed exactly, a gas logs. fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or • This fireplace is to be burned only death. with the gas log set supplied with the fireplace. Burning other items could — Do not store or use gasoline or other cause a fire hazard or injury. flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. • For best results, Natural Gas pressure should be 7" to 12" W.C. and 11" W.C. — WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL for Propane Gas. GAS: • To simulate real wood burning, the gas • Do not try to light any appliance. burner is designed to burn a yellow flame. It is normal for the logs to soot • Do not touch any electrical switch; up. The soot can be easily removed do not use any phone in your with a vacuum cleaner or soft brush. building. • Immediately call your gas supplier • Check the label on the firebox to from a neighbor's phone. Follow the assure the proper gas type. Never gas supplier's instructions. use anything but the correct gas type for your fireplace. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. — Installation and service must be This appliance complies with National performed by a qualified installer, Safety and is tested and listed to service agency or the gas supplier. ANSI Z21.50 as Vented Gas fireplaces. Installation must conform to local codes. In the absence of local codes, installation MANUFACTURED BY: must conform with the current National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 . 4301 WESTGROVE DRIVE INSTALLATION INST ,o a'N: RECEIVED ADDISON TX. 75001 REQUIRED ON `.# � AT TIME OF INSPECTION 08/25/2022 12120 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION Layout Options 2 Identification of Parts 3 Building Codes and Safety Standards 4 Piping and Gas Pressure Requirements 5 Installation Instructions 6 Brick Panels, Exhaust and Downdraft Diverter Instructions (Refractory Models) 9 Log Placement 11 Operating Guidelines (Millivolt Models) 12 Lighting Instructions (Millivolt Models) 13 Trouble Shooting (Millivolt Models) 15 Operating Guidelines (Spark to Pilot Models) 18 Lighting Instructions (Spark to Pilot Models) 20 Trouble Shooting (Spark to Pilot Models) 21 Replacement Parts 23, 24 INSTALLATION OPTIONS INSIDE \ O FLUSH MOUNT CHASE ROOM 0 i\\\\ CORNER MOUNT 1/4 B A B C SF3624TV 81" 55" 40" SF4224TV 86.5" 61" 44" RErEIVED Figure 2.1 r12/0I5/2022 D RCACMCLIIMIVICE 2rnP 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT SUPERFIRE TV TOP-VENT FIREPLACE meg a _ w Damper Control Lever Stand Offs l LI _ 1 -.„ Valve Access Panel i (Side Steel Model) ilk Valve Access Panel . (Refractory/ Outside Air Port ;' STP Models) INTERIOR VIEW Damper Control - - - .. _ I Lever Pan Burner Pilot Light Outside Air 1' Control Knob 0 On/Off Switch 12/05/2022 1^ 0 8/2 b/ 0 22 3 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT BUILDING CODES AND SAFETY STANDARDS The design of this FIREPLACE ACCESSORY has been tested and is listed with PFS CORPORATION in accordance with THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE - ANSI Z21 .50, PFS File Number F15-047. This manual serves only as a basic guideline for installation and use of this firebox and gas piping. The complete installation must be in accordance with local codes and ordinances, or, in the absence of local codes, with the American National Standards Institute National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 latest edition. GENERAL INFORMATION MODELS SF3624/4224-TV ARE TOP-VENTED DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCES. THEY ARE DESIGNED TO BURN BY DRAWING COMBUSTION AIR FROM THE ROOM THEY ARE INSTALLED IN OR THE OUTSIDE AIR KIT THAT ATTACHES TO THE SIDE OF THE UNIT. THE EXHAUST FLUE GASES ARE TO BE VENTED THROUGH THE TOP-VENT USING 8" B-TYPE GAS VENT PIPE. ALL-FUEL CLASS A CHIMNEY PIPE MAY ALSO BE USED. THE CONTROL SYSTEM IS A MILLIVOLT OR SPARK TO PILOT TYPE THAT INCLUDES AN ON-OFF SHUT-OFF VALVE, A GAS CONTROL VALVE, A STANDING PILOT LIGHT ASSEMBLY, PIEZO IGNITOR AND ON-OFF ROCKER SWITCH. WARNING: THIS UNIT IS NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL. NOTE: INSTALLATION AND REPAIR SHOULD BE DONE BY A QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSON. THE APPLIANCE SHOULD BE INSPECTED BEFORE USE AND AT LEAST ANNUALLY BY A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE PERSON. MORE FREQUENT CLEANING MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO EXCESSIVE LINT FROM CARPETING, BEDDING MATERIAL, ETC. IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE UNITS CONTROL COMPARTMENT, BURNERS, AND CIRCULATING AIR PASSAGE WAYS BE KEPT CLEAN TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR. CLEARANCES REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR THE FIREBOX ARE: 1/2" ON THE SIDES AND BACK AND 0 AT THE BOTTOM. TOP CLEARANCE IS 3" WHICH IS THE HEIGHT OF TOP STANDOFFS, SEE FIGURE 7.1 FOR FRAMING DIMENSIONS: NOTE: PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES AROUND AIR OPENINGS INTO THE COMBUSTION CHAMBER. NOTE: ADEQUATE ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCES FOR SERVICIa PROPER OPERATION MUST BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSIf '_124' 2016. 4 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT GAS PIPING AND GAS PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS All gas piping must be installed to comply with local codes, or, in the absence of local codes, with the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1 . Unions in gas lines shall be of ground joint type. Compounds used on threaded joints of gas piping must be resistant to the action of liquefied petroleum gas. Gas piping must be of sufficient size to provide a minimum natural gas pressure at the appliance of 7" water column or 11" for LP gases for the purpose of input adjustment. The maximum inlet gas pressure to the unit must not exceed 10" for natural gas, and 13" for LP gases. If this unit is to be supplied with LP gas (bottled propane)the tank or bottle supplying the gas must have a regulator that reduces the gas pressure to between 11 and 13 inches water column. The control will not operate with gas line pressure directly from the tank and may leak gas due to this excessive pressure. DANGER: OPERATION OF THIS UNIT ON LP GAS WITHOUT AN APPROVED REGULATOR AT THE SUPPLY CONTAINER WILL LEAD TO GAS LEAKS AT THE CONTROL WITH POSSIBLE FIRE OR EXPLOSION. Include a manual shut-off valve and union in the line so the control or heater may be disconnected for servicing. Include a drip leg and a plugged 1/8" N.P.T. tapping into the line also. The tapping must be accessible for the test gauge connection immediately upstream of the gas supply connection to the unit. Use a soap and water solution or liquid gas leak detector to coat each joint in the piping system and look for bubbles which indicate gas leaks. Repair all gas leaks. CAUTION: THE APPLIANCE AND ITS APPLIANCE MAIN GAS VALVE MUST BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM DURING ANY PRESSURE TESTING OF THAT SYSTEM AT TEST PRESSURES IN EXCESS OF 1/2 PSI (3.5 KPA). THE APPLIANCE MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM BY CLOSING THE EQUIPMENT SHUTOFF VALVE DURING ANY PRESSURE TESTING OF THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM AT TEST PRESSURES EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 1/2 PSI (3.5KPA). DANGER: DO NOT USE CANDLES, MATCHES OR OTHER IGNITION SOURCES WHEN CHECKING FOR LEAKS. FUEL GASES ARE VERY FLAMMABLE AND IN CERTAIN CONCENTRATIONS, EXPLOSIVE . CHECKING FOR LEAKS WITH AN OPEN FLAME MAY LEAD TO FIRE OR EXPLOSION. r RECEIVED itliCOMCLIMIJNICE 5 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS In planning the installation for the fireplace it is necessary to determine where the unit is to be installed, the routing of the B-type vent system, and whether optional accessories are to be used gas supply piping should also be planned. Models SF3624/4224-TV (with the use of the Outside Air Kit) can be installed in a bedroom (in the United States) which has a total volume of unconfined space appropriate to the particular installation. Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 - (current edition), the Uniform Mechanical Code - (current edition), and Local Building Officials for the options allowed in obtaining an effective bedroom volume of unconfined space. The fireplace can be mounted on any of the following surfaces: 1. A flat combustible surface. 2. A raised wooden platform. 3. Four (4) corner supports. (Example: four (4) concrete masonry blocks.) These supports must be positioned so they contact all four corner edges on the bottom of the unit. If the fireplace is installed directly on carpeting, tile, or other combustible material other than wood flooring, the appliance shall be installed on a metal or wood panel extending the full width and depth of the unit. Fireplace framing can be built before or after the fireplace is set in place. Framing should be positioned to accommodate wall covering and fireplace facing material. The fireplace framing should be constructed of 2 x 4 lumber or heavier. The framing headers may rest on the fireplace standoffs. Refer to Figures 7.1-7.2 for fireplace and framing reference dimensions. CAUTION: VERIFY FIREPLACE DIMENSIONS, FRAMING METHODS AND WALL COVERING DETAILS BEFORE FRAMING CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. Determine the exact position of the fireplace so that the vent run can be planned. Figure 2.1 shows possible locations for the fireplace; inside of a room, flush mount in a chase, or installed in a corner. Using a level, make sure the fireplace is properly positioned and squared. WARNING: DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES, THE APPLIANCE SHOULD BE LOCATED OUT OF TRAFFIC AND AWAY FROM FURNITURE AND DRAPERIES. CLOTHING OR OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL SHOULD NOT BE PLACED ON OR NEAR THE APPLIANCE. Please note: B-Vent appliances are not designed to operate in negatively pressured environments (pressure within the home is less than pressure outside). Significant negatively pressured environments caused by weather, homes built airtight or other devices may impact the operation of this appliance. Negative pressure my result in poor flame appearance, sooting, damage to property and/or severe personal injury. Do not opet Aappliance in negatively pressured environments. 2,o5,2022 RACOMCLIKINICE 08/25/2022 6 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT I SF3624-TV r4--- 31"- TOP VIEW UNIT DIMENSIONS FOR I / \ ' 2 / 0 ; 10 1/2" CONSTRUCTION PLANNING `� 23 1 FRONT VIEW A � �i►��►�M1111. SIDE VIEW 42" . I t 6" �\ 41 3/16" "'Will1 4"`� SIDE DDOR MODEL 1. • 46 OPENING r� 2.5" MINIMUM .,C 24" 1' HEIGHT 14 FRAMING t T. �. DIMENSIONS ,• ��I \ • ` 36" ►— 6.5" REFRACTORY MODEL J FRONT OF Figure 7.1 45" APPLIANCE HOLE FOR GAS LINE +- 37" I SF4224-TV I TOP VIEW UNIT DIMENSIONS FOR / \ i �— a 10 1/2" CONSTRUCTION PLANNING 23 1 � FRONT VIEW e> IDE VIEW 42 Al` I . (� t 6" . � I t 41 3/16" ' ' 24^� 5• 2" OPENING MINIMUM .. 24" HEIGHT -10 i FRAMING i•. \ t7" I 14" " DIMENSIONS • ` , 42" —o-I J - FRONT OF Figure 7.2 51" APPLIANCE HOLE FOR GAS LINE Installing ChimneyNent System Models SF3624/4224TV are approved to be used with 8" B-Type Gas Vent or 8" class-A All Fuel Chimney. Under most conditions the fireplace system will draw properly if the chimney height is determined in accordance with the following guidelines: Note: (90-degree elbows are not approved! Maximum offset angle must not exceed 45 degrees.) Many manufacturers of B-Type gas vent offer"High Performance,"or"High Wind"caps.These caps limit the outlet area for flue gasses to expel and should not be used with this fireplace.In the event of draft related problems due to extreme wind conditions a special wind ring is available. 1. If your chimney penetrates the roof within 10'of its peak, it must be extended at least 24"above your roof's peak and be at least 36"above the highest point of the roof opening, (see below). 2. If the chimney penetrates the roof farther than 10'from its peak, measure from the centerline of the chimney to a point 10' away, between the chimney and the peak of the roof.The top of the chimney must be at least 36"above the highest point of the roof opening, (see below). 3. The 10'Rule of Thumb is a guide for calculating chimney height that works under most conditions. However, many factors can cause the need for additional chimney height beyond what 10'Rule of Thumb would indicate.Topographical factors can cause high-pressure zones,which prevent a chimney from drawing.This can occur if the house is located in a low- lying area, in a valley or near the base of a cliff or hillside.The same situation can occur if the chimney is near other steep rooflines or tall buildings.Areas with high winds also frequently require higher than normal chimneys. Certain styles of architecture tend to interfere with a fireplace's draw. If the room in which the fireplace is located has a very high ceiling,smoke may enter the room unless the chimney is terminated at a level higher than that of the ceiling, even if the 10'Rule of Thumb indicates a shorter chimney height. Note: Installations which will not allow the 10' rule to be followed must be submitted to Golden Blount Inc. for approval. 1-800-833-1139. E 0�, Warning!Thisgas appliance must not be connected to a chimneyflue servinga se arl t�e'solt �uel burningappliance. g• pp p �„ Pp 08/25/2022 7 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT I sthin If your plans do not allow for the venting system as outlined 2 - - previously in the"Installing chimney/vent system"section,you may min.�j 3'min. contact ENERVEX, Inc. (formerly EXHAUSTO)at 800-255-2923. They will design an approved venting system to suit your venting needs.These power vented systems follow the standards and codes as outlined under the NFPA 54/ANSI Z223.1 Nation Fuel Gas Code. YORE THAN 1U' Please check with the local authority having jurisdiction in your area. The engineers at ENERVEX are familiar with Golden Blount fireplaces and their systems will allow you to minimize the amount of vent pipe exposed outside of your home. Fireplaces may also be horizontally vented with these systems. +a• Installing Outside Air Kit Models SF3624/4224-TV are supplied with the component parts for outside combustion with the exception of the 4" flex duct. It is recommended that the outside air system be used whenever possible. Connect 4" Class-1 Flex duct or Metal Vent to duct collar on side of firebox, run duct to fresh air source and terminate using duct termination cap. The Outside air can be opened by pulling towards front of fireplace and closed by pushing towards back of fireplace (Refer to Figure 8.1) OUTER DUCT CASINGS • TERMINATION;- op, DUCT \N / RAIN CAP COLLAR \ t ' '■ I\ ® CONTROL KNOB CAULKING Figure 8.1 \I WALL Connecting the Gas Line STUD Consult local building codes before gas line installation. HEADER This gas fireplace is designed to accept a 3/8" male flare , fitting attached to a 1/2" supply line. Have the gas line RNA IS installed by a qualified service person in accordance with all building codes. Install gas line to fireplace on the right side attaching gas line to the gas flex line inside the Figure 8.2 NON-COMBUSTIBLE control box accessed by opening the control box door. SEAL JOINT Finishing the Wall y Finish the wall with the material of your choice. Do MANTLE-\1/4 , not install a combustible mantle or other combustible projection above the fireplace opening unless it is a 12"MIN minimum of 12 inches above top of fireplace opening. TOP OF OPENING • *Non-combustible material used between top of opening and mantle must not exceed 3" in depth. (Figure 8.2) CAUTION:All joints between the finished wall and the fireplace surround (Top and Sides) can only be sealed with non-combustible material. Only non-combustible material can be applied as facing to the fireplace surround. (Figure 8.2) Hearth Extension A Hearth Extension may be installed, but it is not required for decorative gas appliances. Gas Log Installation 1. Fill burner pan with vermiculite supplied with log set. Note! On L.P. models be careful not to pour vermiculite over brass air mixer attached to burner pan. Air mixer holes must not be obstructed! 2. Spread the ember material over the vermiculite. 3. At this time, we suggest you test fire the burner. Refer to start up instructions on page 13 (MV) Model and page 20 (STP) Model. Important! The fireplace damper must be in full open position. 4. Place the grate over the burner and install the logs as illustrated on page 11.0 � L RErEIVED 5. The last step is to cover floor of fireplace with volcanic rock around the sic ,.. )• O fron of burner pan to enhance overall appearance. Note: On L.P. models be carefeerdi to 08/25/2022 pour black cinders over brass air mixer attached to burner pan. Air mixer holes must not be obstructed! 8 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Some Golden Blount Top Vent Fireplace models are supplied with high quality realistic Refractory Brick Panels. These panels are massive and must be field-installed to prevent damage to panels or fireplace during shipping. The field installation of panels also requires the Downdraft Diverter, and Exhaust Diverter to be installed in the field as well. REFRACTORY PANEL INSTALLATION The Refractory Brick Panels should be carefully N •• removed from shipping sleeve and positioned . upright against a stable object. 1. Look into fireplace opening and locate back f. — • panel retaining clip positioned against rear ;Y ' wall of fireplace. (Figure 1). Remove (2) screws attaching clip to rear wall and set _ clip and screws aside. Position rear panel against rear wall and reattach clip with (2) screws. 2. Locate left panel retaining clip and remove - - (2) screws and set clip and screws aside. Figure 1 Position left panel against left wall and reattach clip with (2) screws. 3. Repeat Step 2 for right panel installation. DOWNDRAFT DIVERTER INSTALLATION The Downdraft Diverter prevents heavy downdrafts from altering pilot and main burner operation. 1. Look inside fireplace opening and locate (2) screws in roof of interior firebox. Remove screws and position Downdraft Diverter as shown in Figure 2. Attach Diverter with (2) screws removed earlier. Figure 2 uW E022 RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 9 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT EXHAUST DIVERTER INSTALLATION The Exhaust Diverter prevents exhaust gasses _ from entering the room. OM al. 1. Locate screws attached to front side top of j interior firebox and remove. (Figure 3). . 'A' r 2. Position Exhaust Diverter into fireplace and attach Diverter using screws removed • earlier. Diverter should be positioned as shown. (Figure 4). •we Figure 3 • Figure 4 r 5 RECEIVED CM 10 CUINVIIVICE 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT G B LOG PLACEMENT FOR MODEL# SF3624/4224TBF LOG SET NOTE: STACK/HICKORY LOG PLACEMENT, SEE SHEET IN LOG CTN. � ',44„ ' . ems_ - © ', r.e. 'c e 9ai- y._Ri , y � , z - 0,-.. r °� ,sue � -- i?- _'• . - -"- ..a- .-- -- •fix 7'� _1 1 - ter. � - _��."r►'_ 1111111111_ 1 ill -- 411 • ......_. s • ,.. _ ___, . ...... _ _ _ .. Placement Instructions • Place the back bottom log (log#1) as shown in the Illustration above. It should be positioned on the back of the grate. • Place the front bottom log pieces (logs#2 and#3) as shown. They should be positioned on the front of the grate. • The front bottom log pieces (logs#2 and #3) should A - be touching each other in order to form what will __ - look like a rotten or burned out chamber in the front `41 ._ log section (see bottom left picture). • Log #4 and#5 should be placed on top of bottom logs as shown in bottom left picture. • Log #6 and#7 should be placed on top as shown in topright picture. , i I'.:, �� ;�`L g p �1 1i1 k i • Bottom right pictures o,2 2g log arrangemeht 11 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT OPERATING GUIDELINES (MILLIVOLT MODEL) Upon completing the gas line connection,a small WARNING: CHILDREN AND ADULTS amount of air will be in the lines. When first SHOULD BE ALERTED TO THE HAZARDS lighting the pilot light, it will take a few minutes OF HIGH SURFACE TEMPERATURE AND for the lines to purge themselves of this air. SHOULD STAY AWAY TO AVOID BURNS OR Once the purging is complete, the pilot and CLOTHING IGNITION. YOUNG CHILDREN burner will light and operate as indicated in the SHOULD BE CAREFULLY SUPERVISED instruction manual. Subsequent lighting of the WHEN THEY ARE IN THE SAME ROOM AS appliance will not require such purging. THE APPLIANCE. CAUTION: DURING THE INITIAL PURGING IMPORTANT: TURN OFF GAS BEFORE AND SUBSEQUENT LIGHTING, NEVER SERVICING APPLIANCE. IT IS ALLOW THE GAS VALVE CONTROL KNOB RECOMMENDED THAT A COMPETENT TO REMAIN DEPRESSED IN THE "PILOT" SERVICE TECHNICIAN- PERFORM THESE POSITION WITHOUT PUSHING THE RED CHECKUPS AT THE BEGINNING OF EACH IGNITOR BUTTON AT LEAST ONCE EVERY HEATING SEASON. SECOND. When lit for the first time, the appliance will emit a Figure 11 slight odor for an hour or two. This is due to paint and lubricants used in the manufacturing process. s,�1'_ The main burner flame characteristics are steady, �,,;,��; not lifting or floating. Typically, the top 3/4 inch of - . the pilot generator should be engulfed in the pilot flame. A periodic check of these characteristics is necessary. CAUTION: THE LOGS CAN GET VERY HOT! HANDLE ONLY WHEN COOL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Visually inspect pilot periodically. Brush or blow away any dust or lint accumulations. If pilot orifice is plugged, disassembly may be required to remove any foreign material from orifice or tubing. Venting system should be periodically examined by a qualified service technician or agency to ensure proper air flow. WIRING DIAGRAM (MILLIVOLT MODEL) THERMOGENERATOR (THERMOPILE) O 750MV WHITE• HIGH LIMIT SWITCH RED WHITE O III ACK TH p . r ® ,,) WHITE 114> WHITE BLACK RED REMOTE/WALL SWITCH CONNECTION I� , EI pp J. D Ij 12/05/2077yVD PMCCMCMPIA E rnP 08/25/2022 DAMPER ASPEN SWITCH ASPEN BLACK '--Ir BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY,A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE. A. This appliance has a pilot. When lighting C. Use only your hand to push in or turn the gas the pilot, follow these instructions exactly. control knob. Never use tools. If the knob will not push in or turn by hand don't try to repair it, call a B. BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around qualified service technician. Forced or attempted the appliance area for gas. Be sure to repair may result in a fire or explosion. smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle on the floor. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: any part of the gas control system which has been under water. O Do not try to light any appliance. O Do not touch any electric switch. Do not use any phone in your building. O Immediately call your gas supplier. from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. O If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS 1. "STOP" Read the safety information THERMOPILE PILOT BURNER above first. w 2. To access controls, open valve access I' 0 panel. ' EN; 3. Turn the control to the "OFF" position. To do this, you must turn the knob clockwise to the pilot position and then press in and 7. To light the pilot depress the control knob continue turning clockwise to the "OFF" and then depress the red piezo button position. until it makes a clicking sound. It may be necessary to repeat this step. If the pilot Ti does not light after Ten seconds, go back pi PILOT ,o �' © to step 3. The control knob should be held `" U - Lo ,. Down fora MINUTE after pilot ignition. If �• �. c _ o the pilot lights, but will not stay lit after two GAS VALVE tries, turn the gas control knob to the "OFF" position and call your service technician 4. WAIT FIVE (5) MINUTES TO CLEAR OUT or gas supplier. If the control knob does ANY GAS. If you then smell gas, STOP! not pop out when released, STOP - shut Follow"B" in the safety information above. off the gas supply to the fireplace control If you don't smell gas, go to next step. valve and immediately call your service 5. The pilot should not require accessing technician or gas supplier. for lighting purposes. The pilot is located 8. After the pilot has been lit, the Burner can inside the combustion chamber. be turned on by turning the knob counter- 6. To put the control in the pilot position turn clockwise to the "ON" position. Then turn the control knob counter-clockwise to the the ON/OFF switch to the "ON" positioN CEI pilot position. Note: Damper control a �st bertEVED the "open" position t _"° 00/25/2022 13 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TO TURN OFF GAS TO APPLIANCE 1. Open valve access door panel 2. Turn knob clockwise to pilot position then depress and continue turning to "OFF" 3. Close access door panel LPG (PROPANE) WARNING THE FOLLOWING WARNING APPLIES TO INSTALLATIONS USING LP(PROPANE GAS): WARNING: To avoid possible injury, fire and explosion, please read and follow these precautions and all instructions of this appliance before lighting the pilot. This appliance uses LP(Propane) gas which is heavier than air and will remain at the floor level is there is a leak. Before lighting, smell at floor level and/or use other means (such as using a soap solution on all piping and connections, using a gas detector, etc.) to check for gas leaks. NOTE: LP(Propane) gas can become odorless and CANNOT always be detected by smell. If you smell gas, detect a gas leak or suspect that a gas leak exists, follow these rules: 1. Get all people out of building. 2. DO NOT light matches. DO NOT turn electric lights or switches on or off in area. DO NOT use an electric fan to remove gas from area. DO NOT use a telephone inside of building. 3. Shut off gas at LP tank outside of building. 4. Telephone gas company and fire department. Ask instructions. Before hanging up, give your name, address and phone number. DO NOT go back into building. If your LP tank runs out of fuel, turn off gas at the appliance. After LP tank is refilled, appliance must be re-lit according to manufacturer's instructions. If the gas control has been exposed to WATER in any way, DO NOT try to use it. It must be replaced. DO NOT attempt repair on gas control or appliance. Tampering is DANGEROUS and voids all warranties. Any component that is found to be faulty, must be replaced with an approved component. IMPORTANT: Always keep the appliance area clear and free from combustible materials, gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids. Never obstruct the flow of combustion and ventilation air. Keep the front of the appliance clear of all obstacles and materials. To obtain proper operation, it is imperative that the pilot and main burner flame characteristics are steady, not lifting or floating. Typically the top 3/4 Inch at the pilot generator should be engulfed in the pilot flame. (Figure 11) IMPORTANT - PLEASE NOTE LP GAS MODELS MODERATE SOOT ACCUMULATION IS CONSIDERED NORMAL FOR LP GAS LOGS. TO KEEP THIS SOOT ACCUMULATION TOA MINIMUM, REDUCE THE FLAME IMPINGEMENT BY FRONT AND BACK LOGS AS FAR APART AS POSSIBLE.SPACINGA IIEWI i RECEIVED ICC` IVED 12/05/2022 RXICOUtCLIMJNICE 14 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TROUBLESHOOTING ( MILLIVOLT MODEL) With proper installation and maintenance, your new Gas Fireplace should provide years of trouble-free service. If you do experience a problem, refer to the trouble shooting guide shown below. This guide will assist a qualified service person in the diagnosis of problems and the corrective action to be taken. SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Spark ignitor will not light A. Defective ignitor (no 1. Check for spark at pilot after triggering spark at electrode). electrode and pilot; if no spark exist and electrode wire is properly connected, replace ignitor. B. Defective or misaligned 1. Using a match, light electrode at pilot (spark pilot. If pilot lights, turn at electrode) off pilot and trigger the red button again. If pilot lights, an improper gas/ air mixture caused the bad lighting and a longer purge period is recom- mended. If pilot will not light- check gap at electrode and pilot should be 1/8 inch to have a strong spark. If OK, replace pilot. C. No gas or low gas 1. Check remote shut off pressure valves from fireplace. usually there is a valve near the fireplace and sometimes there is a valve near the main. There can be more than one valve between the fireplace and main. 2. Low pressure can be caused by a variety of situations such as a bent line, too narrow diameter of pipe or even low line pressure. Check for kinked lines. If none, consult with plumber or gas supplier. If LP Gas is used you may be out of fuel. � 5/2022 J RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE 15 P 00/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D) SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 2. Pilot will not stay lit A. Defective pilot 1. Check pilot, flame must after carefully following generator impinge on pilot generator. lighting instructions. Clean and or adjust pilot for maximum flame impingement on generator. 2. Be sure wire connections from generator at gas valve terminals are tight and generator is fully inserted into pilot bracket. 3. Check thermogenerator with millivolt meter. Take reading at"TH-TP"and "TP" terminals of gas valve. Should read 325 millivolts minimum, while holding valve knob depressed in pilot position, pilot lit, and ON/OFF switch "OFF". Replace faulty generator if reading is below specified minimum. B. Defective valve 1. Connect the millivolt meter probes to the "TH-TP" and "TP"terminals on the gas valve. Turn knob to pilot position, depress and light pilot light. If meter reading is greater than 325 m.v. after 30 seconds, the pilot generator is good. If pilot does not stay lit, the valve is defective. If the meter reading is less than 325 m.v., the thermo- generator is defective. C. Open wire connection 1. Check wire continuity and in pilot circuit connections in pilot circuit. TL5D RECEIVED /2022 CM 16 CLIIMIVICE 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D) SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 3. Pilot burning, no gas to A. Damper control lever is in 1. Set damper control lever burner, valve knob closed position to open position. "ON", "ON/OFF"switch "ON". B. "ON/OFF"switch or 1. Check ON/OFF switch wires defective and wires for proper connections. Place jumper wires across terminals at switch-if burner comes on, replace defective switch. If OK, place jumper wires across switch wires at gas valve- if burner comes on, wires are faulty or connections are bad. C. Thermogenerator 1. re-check symptom #2 may not be generat- ing sufficient milli- 2. Pilot flame not physically close voltage. (325 m.v.) enough to thermogenerator. D. Defective valve 1. Turn valve knob to"ON", Place ON/OFF switch to "ON" Check with millivolt meter at generator terminals. Millivolt meter should read greater than 100 m.v. If the reading is OK, and the burner does not come on, replace the gas valve. E. Plugged burner orifice 1. Check burner orifice for stoppage and remove. F. Wall switch or wires 1. Follow corrective action in A.1 defective above; check switch and wiring. Replace where defective. 4. Pilot and Main Burner A. High Limit Switch is 1. Allow unit to cool. Then repeat go out while in operation defective or has reached lighting instructions. its maximum temperature 2. If above does not allow for ignition, check high limit switch. Place jumper lines across high limit switch. If you can re-ignite the pilot your high limit switch is defective. Replace high limit switch before using. B. No L.P. in tank 1. Check LP tank.You may be out of fuel. C. Bad Thermogenerator Replace if necessary. It D RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE 17 P 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT OPERATING GUIDELINES (STP-SPARK TO PILOT MODEL) Upon completing the gas line connection, a small amount of air will be in the lines. When first lighting the pilot light, it will take a few minutes for the lines to purge themselves of this air. Once the purging is complete, the pilot and burner will light and operate as indicated in the instruction manual. Subsequent lighting of the appliance will not require such purging. WARNING: CHILDREN AND ADULTS SHOULD BE ALERTED TO THE HAZARDS OF HIGH SURFACE TEMPERATURE AND SHOULD STAY AWAY TO AVOID BURNS OR CLOTHING IGNITION. YOUNG CHILDREN SHOULD BE CAREFULLY SUPERVISED WHEN THEY ARE IN THE SAME ROOM AS THE APPLIANCE. IMPORTANT: TURN OFF GAS BEFORE SERVICING APPLIANCE. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A COMPETENT SERVICE TECHNICIAN PERFORM THESE CHECKUPS AT THE BEGINNING OF EACH HEATING SEASON. WARNING: THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR MUST NOT BE OBSTRUCTED. When lit for the first time, the appliance will emit FLAME SENSOR a slight odor for an hour or two. This is due to , paint and lubricants used in the manufacturing process. The main burner flame characteristics kie are steady, not lifting or floating. Typically, the top tr..ch,..1„. �____ 1/4 inch of the flame sensor should be engulfed in the pilot flame. A periodic check of these characteristics is necessary (Figure 10). Figure 10 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT: THE APPLIANCE AREA MUST BE KEPT CLEAR AND FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS, GASOLINE AND OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS AND LIQUIDS. Visually inspect pilot periodically. Brush or blow away any dust or lint accumulations. If pilot orifice is plugged, disassembly may be required to remove any foreign material from orifice or tubing. Venting system should be periodically examined by a qualified service technician or agency to ensure proper air flow. « a REr EWVED 18 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT WIRING DIAGRAM (STP-SPARK TO PILOT MODEL) /7 � A HIGH j LIMIT SWITCH C G WHT WHT 6003(3V)Model 8 PIN MOLEX CONNECTER THTP cc m m c�7 O TP Q O TH D SIZE * see below BATTERY U 6LK a ° H N RED RED D SIZE BATTERY DAMPER SWITCH * Different valve may use pin connector. 4, RED HLK TCCT Na bno* 0 - ism 0 6003V/6K Model b®1IId ® - REMOTE/WALL SWITCH CONNECTION FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE. A. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. Do not light pilot by hand. B. BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle on the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electric switch: • Do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. C. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the gas control system which has been under water. RECEIVED e/OE 05/2022 RMRCOOkCUNNWME 19 P 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS ELEC. SPARK TO PILOT 1. "STOP" Read the safety information on 5. Wait (5) minutes to clear out any gas. Then page 20. smell for gas, including near the floor. If you 2. Set the switch to "OFF". smell gas, STOP! Follow "B" in the safety 3. Remove batteries from battery pack. information on page 19. If you don't smell 4. This appliance is equipped with an ignition gas, go to next step. device which automatically lights the burner. 6. Install (2) D batteries in battery pack. Do not try to light the burner by hand. 7. Turn ON/OFF rocker switch to "ON". 8. If the appliance will not operate, follow the instructions "To Turn Off Gas To Appliance" --f7- ®o` o ` O P and call your service technician or gas supplier. PILOT z or 1/ O [ --:_ jre )' NOTE: DAMPER CONTROL LEVER MUST C § Z o —0 © BE IN THE "OPEN" POSITION TO IGNITE. 200 GAS VALVE TO TURN OFF GAS TO APPLIANCE 1. Turn ON/OFF rocker switch to "OFF". 2. Remove batteries from appliance if service is to be performed. LPG (PROPANE) WARNING THE FOLLOWING WARNING APPLIES TO INSTALLATIONS USING LP(PROPANE GAS): WARNING: To avoid possible injury, fire and explosion, please read and follow these precautions and all instructions of this appliance before operating. This appliance uses LP(Propane) gas which is heavier than air and will remain at the floor level is there is a leak. Before lighting, smell at floor level and/or use other means (such as using a soap solution on all piping and connections, using a gas detector, etc.) to check for gas leaks. NOTE: LP (Propane) gas can become odorless and CANNOT always be detected by smell. If you smell gas, detect a gas leak or suspect that a gas leak exists, follow these rules: 1. Get all people out of building. 2. DO NOT light matches. DO NOT turn electric lights or switches on or off in area. DO NOT use an electric fan to remove gas from area. DO NOT use a telephone inside of building. 3. Shut off gas at LP tank outside of building. 4. Telephone gas company and fire department.Ask instructions. Before hanging up, give your name, address and phone number. DO NOT go back into building. If your LP tank runs out of fuel, turn off gas at the appliance.After LP tank is refilled, appliance must be re-lit according to manufacturer's instructions. If the gas control has been exposed to WATER in any way, DO NOT try to use it. It must be replaced. DO NOT attempt repair on gas control or appliance. Tampering is DANGEROUS and voids all warranties. Any component that is found to be faulty, must be replaced with an approved component. r 5 p RECEIVED CM 20 P 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT LPG (PROPANE) WARNING (CONT'D) IMPORTANT: Always keep the appliance area clear and free from combustible materials, gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids. Never obstruct the flow of combustion and ventilation air. Keep the front of the appliance clear of all obstacles and materials. To obtain proper operation, it is imperative that the pilot and main burner flame characteristics are steady, not lifting or floating. Typically the top 1/4 Inch of the flame sensor should be engulfed in the pilot flame. (Figure 10, page 13) TROUBLE SHOOTING (STP-SPARK TO PILOT MODEL) With proper installation and maintenance, your new Gas Fireplace should provide years of trouble-free service. If you do experience a problem, refer to the trouble shooting guide shown below. This guide will assist a qualified service person in the diagnosis of problems and the corrective action to be taken. SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Ignitor will not spark or pilot will 1. No gas supply or shutoff 1. Check to see if you have not light valve is OFF gas supply and that equipment shutoff valve is opened. 2. Air in gas line 2. Repeat lighting procedure several times to purge all air out of lines. If after repeated attempts appliance does not light, call for qualified service and repair. 3. Construction debris clogging 3. Remove debris and dirt, pilot orifice inspect and clean any other possible obstructions. 4. Low gas pressure 4. Contact your gas supplier to check pressure. 5. Kinked pilot line 5. Have a qualified technician replace pilot line. 6. Control valve is not opening 6. Replace control valve. 7. No power to unit 7. Check that main power is on or ignition module and that all wire connections are made correctly to ignition model (see Wiring Diagram, page 20). Check battery voltage and replace batteries if needed. If battery voltage is good and module does not operate, have module replaced. �������� 8. Damper Closed 8. Open , 4 d 21 FORCOOMOI0 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D) SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Pilot will not stay lit 1. Loose wiring on ignitor 1. Check wiring connection. wire to ignition module Refer to wiring diagram (see and/or poor ground to Wiring Diagram, page 20). ignition module 2. Pilot flame too low to sense 2. Clean and adjust pilot burner and check gas supply and inlet pressure to unit. Note:Have a qualified technician replace pilot assembly if broken or corroded. 3. Flame sensor defective 3. Replace flame sensor. Frequent pilot outage 1. Pilot flame may be too low, 1. Clean and adjust pilot flame causing safety pilot to for maximum flame impinge- "drop out" ment on flame probe. 2. Improper venting or 2. Have vent system inspected, excessive blockage including termination cap. Remove any restriction or obstruction. Slight smoke or odor during 1. Residues from 1. Problem will stop after a few initial operation manufacturing process hours of operation. Pilot and Main Burner go out 1. High Limit Switch is 1. Allow unit to cool. Then while in operation defective of has reached repeat lighting instructions. its maximum temperature 2. If above does not allow for ignition, check high limit switch. Place jumper lines across high limit switch. If you can re-ignite the pilot your high limit switch is defective. Replace high limit switch before using. 3. No LP in tank 3. Check LP tank. You may be out of fuel MEWED RECEIVED 22 RCACOOM 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT SF3624-TV REPLACEMENT PARTS ITEM PART# DESCRIPTION ITEM PART# DESCRIPTION 1 TV-101 Gas Valve - N/G 17 TV-117 Middle Left Log 2 TV-102 Gas Valve - LP 18 TV-118 Middle Right Log 3 TV-103 "1/4" Pilot Line" 19 TV-119 Top Left Log 4 TV-104 "3/8" Burner Line" 20 TV-120 Top Right Log 5 TV-105 Piezo Ignitor 21 TV-121 Ember Material 6 TV-106 On/Off Switch 22 TV-122 Vermiculite 7 TV-107 Pilot Assembly - N/G 23 TV-123 Volcanic Rock 8 TV-108 Pilot Assembly - LP 24 TV-124 Temp Limit Switch 9 TV-109 Thermopile 25 TV-125 Damper Switch 10 TV-110 Pilot Bracket 26 TV-126 Battery Pack (STP Model) 11 TV-111 Burner Orifice N/G 27 TV-127 Gas Valve-N/G (STP Model) 12 TV-112 Burner Orifice LP 28 TV-128 Gas Valve-LP (STP Model) 13 TV-113 Burner Pan 29 TV-129 Ignition Module (STP Model) 14 TV-114 Log Grate 30 TV-130 Pilot Assembly - N/G (STP Model) 15 TV-115 Bottom Front Logs 31 TV-131 Pilot Assembly - LP (STP Model) 16 TV-116 Bottom Rear Log 32 TV-132 Flame Sensor \D 1 C _ _ \ 10 Mai I:`>•, O O 1;.C�r^``,�w '�3:Y } IrL y' it O/ I9)`;� ® © 1:4 ,.,\ © O o/o-' Qi -® 0-.) \ 03 44 .11 ,,,,e_ :=-'. . 41.4,ftsp --we 6.) Allie 1: 0O ©N - el--- -,.. IIIMprifilifil. 1Pririll .4 Ell )aIC E i sit i 2i;_ -'- ctr�w.'n��' q��t�i4 _� •1.�t�•. ,f, :i /:1',... j'e vc .rX"`" b .t!• 'r a a, I s s • -oY T-r 12/05/2022D 48/25/2022 23 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT SF4224-TV REPLACEMENT PARTS ITEM PART# DESCRIPTION ITEM PART# DESCRIPTION 1 TV-101 Gas Valve - N/G 17 TV-117-42 Middle Left Log 2 TV-102 Gas Valve - LP 18 TV-118-42 Middle Right Log 3 TV-103 "1/4" Pilot Line" 19 TV-119-42 Top Left Log 4 TV-104 "3/8" Burner Line" 20 TV-120-42 Top Right Log 5 TV-105 Piezo Ignitor 21 TV-121 Ember Material 6 TV-106 On/Off Switch 22 TV-122 Vermiculite 7 TV-107 Pilot Assembly - N/G 23 TV-123 Volcanic Rock 8 TV-108 Pilot Assembly - LP 24 TV-124 Temp Limit Switch 9 TV-109 Thermopile 25 TV-125 Damper Switch 10 TV-110 Pilot Bracket 26 TV-126 Battery Pack (STP Model) 11 TV-111 Burner Orifice N/G 27 TV-127 Gas Valve-N/G (STP Model) 12 TV-112 Burner Orifice LP 28 TV-128 Gas Valve-LP (STP Model) 13 TV-113-42 Burner Pan 29 TV-129 Ignition Module (STP Model) 14 TV-114-42 Log Grate 30 TV-130 Pilot Assembly - N/G (STP Model) 15 TV-115-42 Bottom Front Logs 31 TV-131 Pilot Assembly - LP (STP Model) 16 TV-116-42 Bottom Rear Log 32 TV-132 Flame Sensor O I,.1., ca) OD it _ a C y 3 l'a':',.:12.•:,.... ,r it © OP')/ t:...ifi-i, 6 , OD \ 03 \42, .I de_ :=-'.. . 41.4,460 immillip .4 el--------- 111131111wirliflp 0 ,,c--2,-i (3-C) / E-�aoa..em. .%4M;C:.41./0. 4r:a rS� *'? L., ® � •ti.Z►.I.�V.t{•.13:',..•� piI�I1 1 1 ill it .„..,......,,I.� � ` h+- „ -".�_„�,� _ . t••.t,,t, ,�I 1• �f, ►. �-is--.'t"�- 3�* 1. .��:=4 ,- ' /4 ,' , . �`~ may' -.up►+ - *yMo' iz os zozz D i RCACMCUINVIIVICE 30 31 48/25/2022 24 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT TWO YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TO TOP-VENT GAS FIREPLACES MANUFACTURED AND ASSEMBLED BY GOLDEN BLOUNT. IF GOLDEN BLOUNT FINDS THAT ANY PART OR PORTION OF THE FIREPLACE COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY IS DEFECTIVE IN MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP UNDER NORMAL USE AND SERVICE IS FOLLOWED AS DESCRIBED IN THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, GOLDEN BLOUNT WILL TAKE THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS: 1. WITHIN THE FIRST YEAR FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION, GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL, AT ITS OPTION REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY SUCH DEFECT IN MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP, AT GOLDEN BLOUNT'S EXPENSE, INCLUDING A REASONABLE LABOR ALLOWANCE AS DETERMINED BY GOLDEN BLOUNT. GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY OTHER LABOR COSTS, OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 2. DURING THE SECOND YEAR, AFTER THE DATE OF INSTALLATION, GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL SUPPLY REPLACEMENT PARTS AT THE CURRENT WHOLESALE PRICE, BUT GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LABOR, TRANSPORTATION, OR THE INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 3. ALL FACTORY OPTIONAL COMPONENTS OR ACCESSORIES FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITHOUT CHARGE DURING THE FIRST YEAR AFTER INSTALLATION. GOLDEN BLOUNT MAY DISCHARGE ITS ENTIRE WARRANTY LIABILITY BY REFUNDING THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. PRODUCTS MADE BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS, SOLD WITH THE FIREPLACE OR THEREAFTER ARE NOT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. THE USE OF OTHER UNAUTHORIZED COMPONENTS WILL MAKE THIS WARRANTY NULL AND VOID. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY WILL BE VOID IF THE APPLIANCE IS NOT INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED INSTALLER AND ACCORDING TO THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE LIMITED WARRANTY ALSO IS VOID IF THE FIREPLACE IS NOT OPERATED,AT ALL TIMES,ACCORDING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FURNISHED. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LIMITS ON THE DURATION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO THESE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. GOLDEN BLOUNT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INVESTIGATE ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AGAINST THIS WARRANTY AND TO DECIDE ON THE METHOD OF SETTLEMENT. GOLDEN BLOUNT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY WORK COMPLETED WITHOUT OBTAINING GOLDEN BLOUNT'S CONSENT. GOLDEN BLOUNT EMPLOYEES AND DEALERS HAVE NO RIGHT TO ALTER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. WARRANTY INFORMATION PLEASE BE ABLE TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION WHEN COMMUNICATING WITH GOLDEN BLOUNT OR ITS DEALERS OR DISTRIBUTORS REGARDING SERVICE UNDER THIS WARRANTY. MODEL NO. Golden Blount SERIAL NO. 4301 Westgrove Dr. DATE OF PURCHASE Addison, TX. 75001 (972) 250-3113 « RECEIVED itliCOMCLIMIJNICE 25 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT „ ,_.,, „ c us ,— CI Intertek -' m n rr LI J -n ” O W ,.... 4, Installation and Operation Instructions WARNING: If the information in these ATTENTION :CES INSTRUCTIONS DOIVENT instructions is not followed exactly,a fire DEMUERER AVEC LE PROPRIETERE D'UNE or explosion may result causing property MAISON. damage,personal injury or loss of life. AVERTISSEMENT: Assurez-vous de bien suiv- reles instructions donnees dans cette notice 'Do not store or use gasoline or other \ I pour reduire auninimum le risque d'incendie f flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity 1 1 ou d'explosion ou pour eviter tout dommage of this or any other appliance. materiel,toute blessure ou la mort. — WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS — Ne pas entreposer ni utiliser d'essence ni • Do not try to light any appliance. d'autres vapeurs ou liquides inflammables • Do not touch any electrical switch;do not dans le voisinage de cet appareil ou de tout use any phone in your building. autre appareil. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a — OUE FAIRE SI VOUS SENTEZ UNE ODEUR DE neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's GAZ: instructions. • Ne pas tenter d'allumer('appareil. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier,call • Ne touchez a aucum interrupteur.Ne the fire department. pas vous servir des telephones se trou- - Installation and service must be performed vant dans le batiment ou vous trouvez. by a qualified installer,service agency or the • Appelez immediatement votre fournis- gas supplier. seur de gaz depuis un voisin.Suivez les — In the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, instructions du fournisseur. a carbon monoxide(CO)detector shall be • Si you ne pouvez rejoindre le fournis- installed in the same room as the appliance. seur de gaz,appelez le service des incend- This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket, ies. permanently located,manufactured home or mobile — L'installatione l'entretien doivent etre home,where not prohibited by local codes. assures par un installateur ou un service This appliance is only for use with the types of gas d'entretien qualifie ou par le fournisseur 464 indicated on the rating plate.A conversion kit is de gaz. supplied with the appliance. JOTUL INSTALLER:Leave this manual with the appliance. RE `� CONSUMER:Retain this manual for future refer 2e,2022PCPCMCONFIALE � ! A 08/25/20 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 A WARNING Installation Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts THIS PRODUCT MUST BE INSTALLED BY A trr- i HOT GLASS WILL LICENSED MASTER OR JOURNEYMAN PLUMBER CAUSE BURNS.NOT TOUCH GLASS UNTIL COOLED. OR GAS FITTER WHEN INSTALLED IN THE DO COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. 1. If there is not one already present,on each floor level where there are bedroom(s),a NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN carbon monoxide detector and alarm shall TO TOUCH GLASS. be placed in the living area outside the bedroom(s).The carbon monoxide detector shall comply with NFPA 72o(2005 Edition). A AV E RT I S S E M E N T 2. A carbon monoxide detector shall: a) Be located in the room that houses the appliance or equipment; term 1 Une surface vitree chaude b) Be either hard-wired or battery powered peut causer des brulures. or both;and Laisser refroidir la surface vitree c) Shall comply with NFPA 72o(2002 avant d'y toucher. Edition). Ne perettex jamais a unenfant 3. A Product-approved vent terminal must be de toucher la surface vitr" used,and if applicable,a Product-approved r r ( 1 air intake must be used.Installation shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. A copy of THIS OWNER'S MANUAL PROVIDES INFORMATION TO the installation instructions must remain ENSURE SAFE INSTALLATION AND EFFICIENT,DEPENDABLE with the appliance or equipment at the OPERATION OF YOUR FIREPLACE INSERT.PLEASE READ completion of the installation. THESE INSTRUCTIONS IN THEIR ENTIRETY AND MAKE THEM AVAILABLE TO ANYONE USING OR SERVICING THIS GAS INSERT. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ALTER OR MODIFY THE CONSTRUCTION NATIONAL We recommend that OF THIS APPLIANCE OR ITS COMPONENTS. ANY FIREPLACE our gas products be MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION WILL VOID THE WARRANTY, INSTITUTE installed and serviced by CERTIFICATION AND LISTING OF THIS APPLIANCE. N professionals who are THIS HEATER MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED BY A A certified in the U.S.by QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. the National Fireplace KII. Institute° (NFI)as NFI Gas Specialists. Suggested Tools for Installation and Service CERTIFIED www.nficertified.org • External regulator(for Propane only) • Piping which complies with local code • Manual shut-offvalve- T-Handle required in Massachusetts Canada' • Sediment trap- if required by code • Tee joint • Work Gloves ENERGUIDE • Pipe wrench • Safety glasses Gas Fireplace Energy Efficiency Rating EN E[II • Pipe sealant • Torx T-2o screwdriver CHOICE • 10 mm open end wrench • Tin snips 72.41 • 1/2",7/16"open end wrench ENERCHOICEGRG • Phillips head screwdriver Based onCSAP.4.f-02 • Flat head screwdriver rMod.I No. Jr tul GF 37Q V s • 1/4"nut driver 12/05/2022 ftliC011tGOMINICE 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Table of Contents Unpacking the Stove Installation & Service Tools 2 Specifications 4 i. Before beginning the installation,inspect the stove General Information 5 for shipping damage and immediately report any Safety Information 6 evidence of damage to your dealer. Installation 2. Confirm stove contents. Hearth Requirements 7 The 1otul GF 370 DV includes the following loose Clearances 7 items shipped in the Miscellaneous Hardware bag; Vent Requirements • 4 mm hex key-used to remove the Approved Vent Manufacturers 8 front glass panel for access to the firebox. Vertical Termination 8 • Remote Control Transmitter Masonry Chimney Conversion 9 • Remote Control Wall Mount Bracket Horizontal Termination io Vent Termination Clearances ii • Extension Power Cord • Vent Restriction Adjustments 12 M6 x i2 mm hex bolts,4 used with Vent Termination Diagram 13 Outer Decorative Glass Panels. • Propane Fuel Conversion Kit 156800 Stove Assembly i. Glass Frame Removal 14 3. Confirm Firebox Components. 2. Routing the Power Supply 14 The firebox accessories have been packed in 3. Gas Connection 14 separate boxes,and will include one or more of the 4. Gas Pressure 15 following items: 5. Fuel Conversion 16 6. High Altitude Adjustment 18 • Traditional Log Set i56789 7. Skamol Panel Installation 19 • StarFire Glass i56815,Clear or 157342,Black 8. Reflective Panel Installation 19 • River Rocks 1574z8 9. River Rock Installation 19 • Skamol Panels i568i6 io. StarFire Glass Installation 19 • Reflective Glass Panels 156817 ii. Log Set Installation 20 • Tumbled Stones i57229 12. Outer Decorative Glass Panels 21 4. Remove Pallet Screw.See fig.i. 13. System Check 22 14.Flame Picture Adjustment 23 Operation System Overview 24 Control Functions 25 Wiring Diagrams 28 Maintenance Annual Cleaning 30 Glass Replacement 3o Battery Replacement 3i Accent Lamp Replacement 31 Illustrated Replacement Parts 32 - 35 Appendix Mobile Home Installation 36 Correct Optional Flame Pictures 36 Figure 1. WarantyStatement 9 37 Pallet screw location Lighting Instructions 39 aim^n'U,'/{ - ECEIVED r12/05/2022 J CM 08/25g2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 J0tul GF 370 DV Accessories Direct Vent Gas Stove Traditional Log Set #156789 Manufactured and Distributed by: River Rocks Set #157428 Jotul North America Tumbled Stones #157229 Gorham,Maine USA StarFire Glass Embers,Black #157342 JOtul AS StarFire Glass Embers,Clear #156815 Fredrikstad,Norway Reflective Glass Firebox Liner #156817 Test Standards Decorative Outer Glass Panel Kit #350995 Fuel Conversion Kit,Propane-33%TD #156800 This appliance complies with Fuel Conversion Kit,Natural Gas-33%TD #156801 National Safety standards and is C GI US High Altitude Adjustment Kit,NG #156822 tested and listed by Intertek Testing Services of Middleton,Wisconsin. In addition,theiOtul GF 370 Intertek DV has been tested and listed as a direct vent gas fireplace heater and listed to ANSI Z21.88-2009/CSA 2.33-2009 and 8 3/4" CAN/CGA 2.17-M91. 9 3/4" Specifications Input Rates c 0 m Natural Gas 28,00o BTU/hr.maximum input 18,173 BTU/hr.minimum input Propane 24,00o BTU/hr.maximum input 17 1/2"—-- 20,75o BTU/hr.minimum input 17 7/8"=1= HI u{ Inlet Pressure: MIN MAX Natural Gas: 5.o WC (1.24 kPa) 7.0 WC (1.74 kPa) Propane: 11.o WC (2.74 kPa) 13.0 WC (3.24 kPa) Manifold Pressure: MIN MAX Natural Gas: i.6 WC (.398 kPa) 3.5 WC (0.87 kPa) Propane: 6.4 WC(1.59 kPa) 10.0 WC(2.48 kPa) 451/2" 47" • Steady State Efficiency: 75% NG/69% LP• AFUE: 71.2% NG / 66.8% LP • CSA P4.1-02 Fireplace Efficiency: 72.4% • Intermittent Pilot Ignition (IPI) • Continuous Pilot Ignition Mode (CPI or"standing pilot")is available. • Power Requirement: 120 VAC for Fan,Lamp,and I Burner Control Module 181/4" ham— 18 3/4" 'i • Remote Control Transmitter batteries preinstalled, 3,AAA-1.5v Figure 2. Overall dimensions • Remote Control Receiver batteries supplied:4,AA • Fan Control Module: 12oV/6o Hz VEVEWIE 5/ J RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 4 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28h2 General Information and legal installation.Some areas require a permit THIS HEATER MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAIN- to install a gas burning appliance.Always consult TAINED BY A QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. your local building inspector or authority having DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ALTER OR MODIFY THE jurisdiction to determine what regulations apply in CONSTRUCTION OF THIS APPLIANCE OR ITS COM- your area. PONENTS.ANY MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION WILL VOID THE WARRANTY,CERTIFICATION AND In the absence of local codes,the installation re- LISTING OF THIS APPLIANCE. quirements must comply with the current National WARNING:FAILURE TO POSITION THE PARTS IN codes.In the U.S.,these requirements are estab- ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIAGRAMS HEREIN OR lished in the National Fuel Code,ANSI Z223.1.(NFPA FAILURE TO USE ONLY PARTS SPECIFICALLY AP- 54).In Canada,the codes have been established in I PROVED WITH THIS APPLIANCE MAY RESULT IN CAN/CGA B149 Fuel Installation Code. PROPERTY DAMAGE OR PERSONAL INJURY. Installer l'appareil selon les codes ou reglements locaux,ou,en ('absence de tels reglements,selon les Codes d'installation CAN/CGA-B149. IMPORTANT: SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. 5. Do not operate this fireplace if any part of it has i. The installation and repair of this appliance must been under water.. be done by a qualified service person.Failure to properly install and maintain this heater could re- Immediately call a qualified service technician to sult in an unsafe or hazardous installation,which inspect the heater and to replace any part of the may result in a fire,explosion,property damage, control system and any gas control which has been personal injury or loss of life. 6. under water. 2. This appliance should be inspected before use and Ne pas se servir de cet appareil s'il a ete'plonge at least annually.More frequent cleaning may dans ('eau,completement ou en partie. Appeler be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, un technicien qualifie pour inspecter l'appareil et bedding material,etc.It is imperative that control remplacer toute partie du syste me de controle et compartments,burners and circulating air pas toute commande qui ont ete plonges dans('eau. sageways of the appliance be kept clean. 6. Do not operate the fireplace with the glass front 'S'assurer que le bruleur et le compartiment des removed,cracked or broken.Replacement of the commander sont propres.Voir les instructions glass should be done by a licensed or qualified ser- d'installation et d'utilisation qui accompagnent vice person. Only remove glass for routine service. l'appareil. Always handle glass carefully. 3. This appliance may be installed in an aftermar Pour utilisation avec les portes en verre cerifiers ket permanently located,manufactured (mobile) aved l'appareil seulemend ou.Ne pas utiliser avec home,where not prohibited by local codes. des portes on verre. This appliance is only for use with the type(s)of 7. Notify your insurance company before proceding gas indicated on the rating plate.This appliance is with installation of this fireplace. not convertible for use with other gases,unless a certified kit is used. Cetappareil peut etre installe dans un maison prefabriquee(mobile)deja installee a demeure si les reglements locaux le permettent. Cet appareil doit etre utilise uniquement avec les types de gas indiques sur la plaque signaletique. Ne pas ('utiliser avec d'autres gas sauf si un kitde conversion certifie est installe. 4. The installation must conform to local codes.Your local JOtul authorized dealer can assist you in de- termining what is required in your area for a safe 5WOOED RECEIVED It FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 08/252022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 3.0 Safety Information • Do not slam or strike the glass panel. • This appliance is NOT for use with aftermarket glass • Due to the high operating temperatures this appliance doors.This appliance is approved for use only with should be located out of traffic and away from the surround panel options listed on page 4 of this furniture,draperies,etc. Maintain proper clearance to manual. combustible mantels and fireplace trim. Cet appareil ne sert pas avec des portes en verre de • Children and adults should be alerted to the hazards marche des accessoires.Cet appareil est approuve of high surface temperatures and should stay away to pour('usage seulement avec les revetements de avoid burns or clothing ignition. porte,entoure les options de panneau et en verre de panneau enumerees a la page 3 de ce manuel. • Enfants et adultes doivent etre avertis des dangers des • Wear gloves and safety glasses while performing temperatures de surface elevees et devraient rester a I'ecart pour eviter les brulures ou ('inflammation des maintenance procedures. vetements. WARNING! • Young children should be supervised while they are Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury or death. in the same room as the appliance. Toddlers,young This appliance is powered by line voltage. children and others may be susceptible to accidental Do not try to repair the components in this contact burns.A physical barrier,such as a child appliance.In no way are the component guard,is recommended to be used if there are at-risk enclosures to be tampered with or opened. individuals in the house.To restrict access to a fireplace Disconnect from line voltage during or stove,install an adjustable safety gate to keep installation or performing any maintenance. toddlers,young children and other at-risk individuals out of the room and away from hot surfaces. ATTENTION! • Les jeunes enfants doivent etre surveilles pendant ■ Shut off the main gas supply to the qu'ils sont dans la meme piece que ('appareil.Les tout- appliance during battery replacement to the petits,les jeunes enfants et d'autres peuvent etre sen- sibles or burner control. sibles aux brulures par contact accidentel.Une barriere • Always shut off the main gas supply to the physique,comme un garde de('enfant,est recomman- appliance during inspection,maintenance, de pour etre utilise si it ya des personnes a risque dans or cleaning. la maison.Pour restreindre I'acces a une cheminee ou un poele,installer une barriere de securite reglable Electrical Hazards pour garder les tout-petits,les jeunes enfants et autres personnes a risque a se sortir de la salle et a I'ecart des • Be aware of electrical wiring locations when cut surfaces chaudes. ting holes in walls and ceilings for termination. ■ Any safety screen or guard removed for servicing an ■ This appliance power supply must be electri appliance must be replaced prior to operating the appliance. cally grounded in accordance with local codes or,in the absence of local codes,with the cur- • Tout ecran ou grille de protection pour l'entretien d'un appa- rent ANSI/NFPA 7o,National Electrical Code reil doit etre remplace avant de faire fonctionner('appareil. or CSA C22.1-Canadian Electrical Code. • Clothing or other flammable materials should not be • This appliance power supply incorporates a placed on or near the fireplace. three-prong(grounding) plug for protection • Surveiller les enfants. Garder les vetements,les against shock hazard and should be plugged meubles,('essence ou autres liquides a vapeur directly into a properly grounded three-prong inflammables lin de('appareil. receptacle. DO NOT CUT OR REMOVE THE GROUNDING PRONG FROM THE PLUG. • Never allow anyone to use the fireplace if they are • Do not disconnect the lamp and fan power unfamiliar with its operation. cords from the appliance power supply(Fan • NEVER store or use gasoline or any other flammable Control Module).Use the rocker switch to vapors or liquids in the vicinity of the fireplace. control power to these parts. • Never burn any solid materials(wood,cardboard, • Always disconnect(unplug)the main power paper,coal,etc.)in this gas fireplace.Use with natural supply from its outlet when performing rou- gas or propane fuel ONLY. tine service on this appliance. — En r� � �JJ 12/05/2022 ` RACCMCLIKINICE 6 ° 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28h2 Installation Stove and Vent Clearance Stove Location Requirements In selecting a location for the stove,consider the Minimum Clearances: See figs.3-5. following points: Rear: 3" (76 mm)-from Rear of the unit i) Heat distribution 3/4" 2) Vent termination requirements Ceiling: 16 (425 mm)-from Stove Top 3) Gas supply routing Corner: 5" (i27 mm)-from Stove Top 4) Traffic areas,furniture,draperies,etc. Sides: 7" (178 mm)-from Stove Top 5) izoV electrical outlet availability Minimum Clearances from the Vent Pipe This stove may be located on or near conventional to Combustibles: construction materials,however,proper clearance to Horizontal Run: combustibles must be maintained in order to provide Off the top of the pipe-2"(51 mm) Alcove-7"(178 mm) adequate air circulation around the appliance.Also,it is important to provide adequate access around the Off the sides and bottom 1"(25 mm) stove for servicing and proper operation. Vertical Run: The clearances specified in this manual are the All sides - 1"(25 mm) minimum requirements established as a result of safety testing.A combustible material is anything that can burn;i.e.sheet rock, wall paper,wood,fab- 1--.-15 578"i rics, etc.These surfaces are not limited to those that are visible and also include materials that may beC 3„ located behind non-combustible materials. If you are not sure of the combustible nature of T 12 3/4" a material,consult your local fire officials."Fire-re- __._ sistant"materials are considered to be combustible. They may be difficult to ignite,but will burn. "Fire k\—, -rated"sheet rock is also considered combustible. 7" - ,__ 7" Hearth Requirements Figure 4. Alcove and Wall Clearances. The Jgtul GF 370 DV has been approved for installa- ALCOVE SPECIFICATIONS: tion directly on combustible floor materials,including Maximum Alcove Depth: 21 3/4" (55.2 cm) carpeting.No additional floor protection is required, Minimum Alcove Width: 311/4" (79.3 cm) however,we recommend that the stove be installed Minimum Ceiling Height: 62 i/4" (158.1 cm) on a solid surface. �\ ` 15 5/8"i 13 3/4" 3,1 12 3/4" 5" �� �l� 5,, Ii -- - - \ \ 0..\ Figure 3. Corner Clearances. Figure 5. Parallel Wall Clears} -,gED E ' �'IV "D (�12/05/2022 Roacootato 7U111'iE 08/2512022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Venting Requirements IMPORTANT • JOINT SEALING There are three types of venting configurations ap- REQUIREMENT: proved for use with this appliance: APPLY A i/8"BEAD • Vertical Venting/Vertical Termination OF HIGH-TEMPERA- \s4, • Vertical Venting/Horizontal Termination TURE SEALANT OR k‘tim 0<44,, • Horizontal Venting/Snorkel Termination MIL-PAC®TOTHE MALEThis appliance is approved for use with the 4/6 SECTION OFTHE INNERVENT PIPE.THE CE- direct vent systems manufactured by the companies MENT SHOULD FORM NibFigure 6. listed on page 8.Use parts of one manufacturer only - DO NOT MIX VENT COMPONENTS FROM DIFFERENT A SEAL BETWEEN THE MANUFACTURERS WITHIN THE SAME SYSTEM. INNER AND OUTER PIPES.SEE FIG.5.SEE VENT MANUFAC- TURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. Installation of any components not manufac- tured or approved byJotul or failure to meet all clear- • NEVER MODIFY ANY VENTING COMPONENT,OR ance requirements will void all warranties and could USE ANY DAMAGED VENTING PRODUCT. result in property damage or bodily injury. • THE GAS APPLIANCE AND VENT SYSTEM MUST BE The approved vent configurations described VENTED DIRECTLY TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILD- in this manual are derived from extensive testing ING AND NEVER ATTACHED TO A CHIMNEY SERV under controlled laboratory conditions.Gas appliance ING A SOLID FUEL OR GAS BURNING APPLIANCE. performance can be negatively affected by variables EACH DIRECT VENT GAS APPLIANCE MUST HAVE present in the installation environment,i.e.;atmo ITS OWN SEPARATE VENT SYSTEM. COMMON VENT spheric pressure,strong prevailing winds,adjacent SYSTEMS ARE PROHIBITED. structures and trees,snow accumulation,etc.These • IF VENTING SYSTEM IS DISASSEMBLED FOR ANY conditions should be taken into consideration by the REASON,REINSTALL PER THE MANUFACTURER'S installer and stove owner when planning the vent INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED FOR THE INITIAL INSTAL- system design. LATION. Vertical Venting and Termination Approved Vent Manufacturers The JOtul GF 370 DV can be vertically vented through The Jotul GF 370 DV stove is approved for installation a roof or ceiling.Follow these guidelines with direct vent chimney components supplied by • Steep roofs,nearby trees,or predominantly windy the following manufacturers: conditions,can promote poor draft or down Simpson Dura-Vent,Inc. draft conditions.In such cases,an increase to the P.O.Box 1510 height of the vent may improve performance. Vacaville,CA 95696-1510 800-835-4429 • If an offset or elbow is necessary in the vertical Selkirk Corporation rise,the vent pipe must be supported every three feet 1301 W.President George Bush Hwy, Suite 33o to avoid excessive stress on the offsets. Use listed Wall Richardson,TX 75o8o-ii39 80o-992-8368 Straps from any of the approved vent suppliers. American Metal Products(Amerivent) • A maximum of two go°or four 45°elbows may be 86oi Hacks Cross Rd. used in a vertical termination.Whenever possible, Olive Branch,MS 38654 800-423-4270 use 45°elbows instead of go°elbows as they Security Chimneys International Limited offer less restriction to the flow of flue gases and 2125 Monterey,Laval,Quebec intake air. Canada,H7L 3T6 450-973-9999 • A listed firestop is required at any floor penetra- Metal-Fab,Inc. tion.The opening should be framed in according P.O.Box 1138 to the manufacturer's instructions. Wichita,KS 67201 316-943-2351 • Always maintain a minimum i"clearance from all ICC,Inc. 400 J-F Kennedy St.Jerome,Quebec sides of the vertical vent system to any combus- Canada,J7Y4B7 450-565 6336 tible material. • Minimum vertical termination height: 6 vent pipe. ktCEIVED 112/05/2022 RCACOYiC(MIVIiE 8 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Horizontal Overhang To #99i Vertical Termination Cap 18". 18". To min. min. r Cap Adaptor- = Exhaust Gas Lowest Discharge TTermination Opening Cap 18"min. \ Intake Air Figure 7. Minimum roof pen- 4"Flex Pipe Support/Wall etration height and clearance not included \ Thimble Cover from adjacent surfaces-vertical in kit \� termination. • IT IS NECESSARY to add restriction to a vertical vent Use Standard Simpson Dura- installation to compensate for excessive draft. See Vent GS Pipe \ \ page 13;Exhaust Restriction Adjustment. from stove to -� — thimble • GAS VENT HEIGHT: In no case shall any discharge opening on the cap be less than 18"(457 mm) hori- zontally from the roof surface.See fig.7. II • Maximum Vent Height:35 ft.above the appliance. Masonry or Prefabricated Chimney E k Conversion i Figure 8.Vent System through a masonry chimney The GF 370 DV is approved for use with direct vent using the Simpson Dura-Vent Chimney Conversion chimney conversion kits in a masonry chimney or Kit 46DVA-KMC and 46DVA-KCT components.Other a prefabricated solid fuel listed chimney.These are manufacturers use similar designs.Conversion kits available from most of the manufacurer's listed on are also available for use with listed prefabricated page 8. chimneys. The following installation requirements must be followed: 1. Use the restrictor zone guidelines in the Vent Window Diagram,fig.17.In masonry chimney,a IMPORTANT NOTICE fireclay liner or listed steel liner,must be contained THE USE OF AN EXISTING CHIMNEY AS AN AIR within the entire length of the chimney. INTAKE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE ANSI 3. Overall venting should not exceed 35 ft.(10.67 m). Z21.88-1999-CSA 2.33-M99 TEST METHODS AND RESULTING ITS/WHI PRODUCT CERTI- 4. The liner must have an inside dimension of 6" FICATION.THE CODE AUTHORITY HAVING round or greater. JURISDICTION MUST BE CONSULTED PRIOR 5. Prefabricated chimneys must be UL 103 or ULC TO PROCEEDING WITH THIS INSTALLATION 5-629 listed and have a minimum INSIDE diam- METHOD. eter of 6 inches,(15o mm).Prefabricated chimneys must be listed for the specific manufacturer's conversion kit. oEVlD RECEIVED It12/05/2022 RCACOOMMIVICE l P 08/2542022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Horizontal Termination Figure g. Minimum vent pipe sections required for • Minimum vertical rise from the vent collar is a 24" horizontal termination: 0 section vent pipe.See fig.g.Minimum horizontal A=12"with NG ®1.— run is 12"with natural gas and 18"with propane. i8"with LP �. 11 • A maximum of two o°or four °elbows may ��' lI 9 45 be used in a horizontal termination.Whenever possible,use 45°elbows instead a go°elbow as �4" Listedwall Thimble they offer less restriction to the flow of flue gases and intake air. Reduce the overall horizontal run by 4 feet for each go°elbow,and 2 feet for each 45° elbow. 741/2" • Snorkel Termination- (14"or 36"):NATURAL GAS ONLY.DO NOT USE SNORKEL II TERMINATION WITH PROPANE FUEL. A horizontal vent run may be made with a 90° ii-- 14"elbow directly to the rear of the stove only when terminated by a 14 or 36 inch snorkel cap.Fig.10 II shows the minimum vent pipe requirements.Snorkel:The maximum horizontal vent run must not exceed a 24"section of pipe and must be Figure io. Minimum vent a minimum of 12". 36"Snorkel:The maximum horizontal vent run pipe sections required for a 14" Snorkel termination-Natural must not exceed 5 feet and muse Tin in Gas ONLY. — 12" 'll 14" of 12". ‘11 • The termination cap must not be recessed into _ 411 1. the wall or siding. Do not fill air space in wall around A termination cap with any type of insulation. -- • Wall Cut-out:A minimum 10"X 10"square hole Listed Wall Thimble is adequate for proper pipe clearance through a NG wall,provided the vent is positioned to maintain 52" ONLY 2"minimum clearance at the top. A 1"minimum clearance must be maintained to combustible _____ material around the other sides.See fig.ii. II • Any horizontal run of vent must have a 1/4"rise for every foot of run toward the termination cap. • All horizontal terminations must comply with the clearance specifications to adjacent structures as Figure 11. Install a indicated in fig.12. listed wall thimble X • Installation of a Vinyl Siding Standoff is required according to manu to prevent damage to vinyl siding between the facturer's instructions �� vent cap and the exterior wall. to maintain required 1 clearance to combus- • A horizontal termination cap must maintain a 3" tible materials. Y clearance to any overhead combustible projections that are 21/2"or less. It must also maintain a 12"clearance L� from projections that exceed 21/2". See fig.13. Vinyl siding projections require a default clearance of 18"to the vent terminal. ITA t EVENED RECEIVED 12/0RORCOOEC MIVIIEi 10 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Figure 12. Horizontal termination clearances IN IODETAIL CORNER rG� 0 7Nr\ It itkIi v `a 1Cr ` FI%ED 0� Si CLOSED \ l�I`;oPERAOLE CLOSED I N �; DPf, ERA9�E; B 1„\17 ,p� A �J C K B V❑ Vent Terminal ® Air Supply Terminals Prohibited in this Area A=Clearance above grade,veranda,porch,deck,or balcony H=*Not to be installed within i5 feet(4.5 m)above a me- :12 inches(3o cm)minimum. ter/regulator assembly within 3 feet(90 cm)horizontally B=Clearance to window or door that may be opened: from the center line of the regulator. **Min.9 inches,U.S./ *12 inches(3o cm)CAN. I=Clearance to service regulator vent outlet: We recommend 12 in.minimum to prevent condensation 3 feet (9i cm)minimum. on the window. J=Clearance to non-mechanical air supply inlet to building C=Clearance to permanently closed window: or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance: - **Min.g inches,U.S./ *12 inches(3o cm)CAN .4111 i2 inches(3o cm)minimum. I IWe recommend 12 in.minimum to prevent condensation on the window. supply K=Clearance to a mechanical air su I inlet: **Min. feet(gi cm)above if within io feet horizontally, D=Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located above the U.S./ *6 feet(i.83 m)minimum/CAN terminal within a horizontal distance of 2 feet(6o cm) L='Clearance above paved sidewalk or a paved driveway from the center line of the terminal:i8 inches located on public property:7 feet(2.1 m)min. (46 cm)minimum. E=Clearance to unventilated soffit: 12 inches(3o cm) M=Clearance under veranda,porch,deck,or balcony: 12 inches(3o cm)minimum.' minimum. F=Clearance to outside corner:**Min.9 inches,U.S./ *12 N=Clearance to propane tank relief valve and filler connec- tion***: inches(3o cm)CAN.We strongly recommend 12 inches, 5 feet(i.52 m)minimum to tanks not filled on site particularly where windy conditions prevail. io feet(3.05 m)minimum to tanks filled on site from G=Clearance to inside corner: **Min.6 inches,U.S./ *12 bulk truck inches(3o cm)CAN.We strongly recommend 12 inches, particularly where windy conditions prevail. * In accordance with CSA Bi49 Installation Codes. ** In accordance with the current ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54,National Fuel Gas Code. Note:Local Codes and Regulations may require different clearances. IA vent shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or driveway which is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings. 21/2' f * Only permitted if veranda,porch,deck,or balcony,is fully open 12" ,, 64mm on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor.* 305 mm 3„ 76 mm t ' tIH 000 Figure 13. Termination clearance to overhangs. TS T 5EVENED RECEIVED RORCOCECUMMONCE 08/25142022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 Vent Restriction Adjustments The Jotul GF 370 DV features adjustment controls for Exhaust Restrictor Adjustment both intake air and exhaust to accommodate a variety Remove the Trim Rings from the Top Plate. of conditions that result from variables inherent in the vent configuration and environment.Both controls 2. Loosen the locking screw and turn the restrictor can be accessed from outside the firebox to allow the pivot plate to the appropriate indicator point as burner to be"dialed-in"under operation.See figures.4 specified in the vent window diagram,figure 17. and 16. After the burner has been operating for 15 minutes, Use the Vent Termination Diagram,fig.Th to make any further adjustment in 1/8"increments determine which zone your vent termination falls until the desired flame picture is achieved. Do not within and make the appropriate exhaust and air exceed the fully closed setting as shown in fig.15. intake setting adjustments. Use these settings as Operate the burner for io 15 minutes between ad general guidelines to start from. The final settings ditional adjustments. will ultimately be determined by the individual 3. Tighten the locking screw and replace the Trim characteristics of your particular installation. Rings. There are no hard and fast rules. Intake Air Adjustment Exhaust Vent Restriction An Intake Air shutter plate allows further burner Exhaust restriction prevents overly strong draft adjustment for taller vent runs.It is located under the that can interfere with pilot function,cause poor firebox floor and is set fully open at the factory.See combustion or a weak flame picture. The shutter is fig.16. set in the fully open position at the factory.The final The shutter has an adjustment range of i inch. position of the restriction shutter is determined by To change the setting,loosen the wingnut and slide where the vent termination falls within the vent the gasketed shutter stem backward to the half or window diagram. fully closed positions,depending on which vent zone For example,if the vent rise is feet and is appropriate.Retighten the wingnut before lighting includes one elbow in a horizontal run of 5 feet,the the burner to seal the gasket.Allow the flame pattern appropriate exhaust setting will be Full Restriction. to settle in for io--5 minutes between each setting change. I I)J Zone D Top Plate Vent terminations within Zone D are susceptible Pivot Plate i J to draft conditions that may interfere with the intermittent Pilot Ignition functionality.In such I ?4 cases,we recommend that the stove be operated only in Continuous Pilot Ignition mode. Figure 14.The Exhaust Restrictor is located within the vent adaptor collar. No Half Full Intake Restriction Restriction Restriction Air Shutter 1 ODOVor _.- NOT EXCEED THIS SETTING. I ® ��',....- %� OVER-RESTRICTION MAY CAUSE SOOTING. 11' o '® 44 Figure 75. Exhaust Restrictor settings Figure i6. Air intake shutter location. IS:�EVENE 5, D RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 12 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.Q 8/28/12 • A maximum of two 35 Ft. go°or four 45°elbows (10.67 m) may be used.When- N. ever possible,use 45° N ZO N E elbows instead of go° , D elbows as they of- fer less restriction to N 30 Ft. the flow of flue gases (9.14 m) Requires and intake air. Use of N use of CPI elbows may adversely IVI o d e affect IPI functional- \ See text for ity.In such cases, CPI \ details. mode should be used. \ 25 Ft. • Reduce the overall (7.62 m) e horizontaln by 4 fefeet foror each go° Z \��i.�> elbow,and 2 feet for M each 45°elbow. C • When two or more —I 20 Ft. ZONE \ elbows are used in a Q (6.10 m) \ horizontal run,a less V restricted setting may I— \ be more effective than C1uI4d.1 \ that indicated by the uJrts . c n \ termination zone dia- 15 Ft. g > 57m ram. (4 ) I ZONE e x I E:3 10 Ft. I (3.05 m) I 6 ft.Min. TONE i Vertical CS IlV L5 Termination A III 5 Ft. (1.52 m) I 2Ft.�- - - - - - -_ — _ - - (61cm) ANY VENTING WITH A VERTICAL RISE MUST Required TERMINATE (END)WITHIN THE SHADED AREAS. I Min. -- -- --- Vertical Rise 5 Ft. 10 Ft. 15 Ft. 20 Ft. (1.52 m) (3.05 m) (4.57 m) (6.09 m) HORIZONTAL RUN Figure 17. Vent Termination Diagram. ITA t EVENED RECEIVED 12/0FORCOYiC(MIVIiE Q //� 11//� //�//� lP O8/2ig2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Stove Assembly 1. Glass Frame Removal 411244 - To access the firebox,use the 4 mm hex key to e�., remove the four socket head screws that attach the % glass frame to the firebox.See fig.i8. ���. Q _ • Remove the labeled lower skamol retainer fromI II 11 �` i1 the firebox and discard. 2. Routing the Power Supply a Il The power cord located in the valve compartment is connected to the Fan Control Module which is the main power supply for all stove operating functions. ; Route the cord through the pedestal and out the rear of the pedestal base as in fig.i8,or through the floor. J'e, CAUTION:Take care that the pedestal base does not pinch the power cord.You should be able to feel free play in the cord. The io foot extension power cord,supplied in Figure 78. 41°110) the hardware bag,is intended to connect the interior Glass frame cord to the nearest i2oV house current outletinik emoval. _ DO NOT CONNECT THE STOVE TO HOUSE CURIN. NO - RENT UNTIL THE INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE AND YOU ARE READY TO INITIATE THE FIRST BURN. The stove and gas control valve must be discon- 3. Connecting the Gas Supply netted from the gas supply piping during any pres- sure testing of the system at test pressures in excess Gas Supply Requirements of i/2 psig.For pressures lower than i/2 psig,isolate ALL INSTALLATIONS MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL the gas supply by closing the manual shut-off valve. CODE OR IN THE ABSENCE OF LOCAL CODE,MUST Control Valve Connection COMPLY WITH THE MOST RECENT EDITION OF THE NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 OR The gas supply line connection to the stove flex CAN-Bi49. line can be made at the rear of the base plate or through the floor.The gas supply line should be a THIS PRODUCT MUST BE INSTALLED BY A minimum 3/8"inside diameter,or the appropriate LICENSED MASTER OR JOURNEYMAN PLUMBER size to provide sufficient gas pressure to the valve OR GAS-FITTER WHEN INSTALLED IN THE regardless of the input setting. COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. The use of flexible gas appliance connectors is ac- ceptable in many areas in the U.S.In Canada,methods Shut-off Valve vary depending on local code.If local codes permit, All codes require a gas shut-off valve(gas cock) use flexible gas line for ease of installation and ser and union to be installed in the supply line within 6 vice.For those locales where flexible gas lines are not feet of the appliance.This allows for the disconnec permitted,use the 3/8"iron fitting to make the con- tion of the stove for servicing and maintenance. See nection at the top side of the Control Valve.See fig.ig. Fig.ig. Secure all joints tightly using appropriate tools and sealing compounds(for propane units,be sure to AT HANDLE GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE IS RE- use compounds that are propane resistant). Turn on OUIRED IN MASSACHUSETTS IN COMPLIANCE gas supply and test for gas leaks using a 5o/5o soapy WITH CODE 248CMR. water solution or a gas detector. r5/2022j RECEIVED 12/0MOMEMiffitia 14 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 3/8"NPT x 3/8" Flare Fitting 1/2"x 3/8"Flare Inlet Pressure Shut-off Valve lull sllll 03 MIN MAX OP ��� `� Natural Gas: 5.o WC (�.24 kPa) 7.o WC (�.74 kPa) ���/ 3/8"Flex Tubing Propane: 12.0 WC (2.99 kPa) 14.0 WC(3.48 kPa) 3/8"Nipple Manifold Pressure MIN MAX 4113NiNatural Gas: 1.6 WC (0.398 kPa) 3.5 WC (.87 kPa) �� ,0)11111 Pro ane: 6. WC i kPa �o.o WC 2 8 kPa• p 4 ( •59 ) ( •4 ) Gas Stub ��!11 ����� 8"Union "/ 3/8"Close Nipple 3/8"Shut-off ALWAYS TEST PRESSURES WITH VALVE REGULATOR 1/2"x3/8" Valve Reducer CONTROL AT THE HIGHEST SETTING. Figure 79.Gas supply valve types and fittings. Symptoms of incorrect gas pressure include: NEVER USE AN OPEN FLAME TO CHECK FOR GAS Insufficient gas pressure: LEAKS. • Small pilot flame which can result in insufficient millivolts. ALWAYS REFER TO THE LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS ON THE INSIDE BACK COVER OF THIS MANUAL • Little variation in flame picture between HI and LO WHEN LIGHTING THE STOVE. regulator settings. • Insufficient gas to support more than one appli- Soap Solution Leak Test _ ance causing nuisance outages or gas surges. • Mix a 50-5o solution of water and dish . lelExcessive gas pressure: • Light appliance see lighting instructions on the • Permanent damage to valve causing complete ap- back cover of this manual or on the rating plate. pliance shut down. • Brush or spray all joints and connections with the • Too large a pilot flame resulting in overheating of soapy water solution. the power generator and consequent shut down. • If bubbles appear at any connection or seam or a • Sooting due to impingement and/or incorrect fuel gas odor is detected,immediately turn gas control to air mix. knob to the OFF position. Tighten or reconnect the leaking joint and retest for any gas leaks. A Manifold 4. Testing Gas Pressure TO:: OO�+ ��Pro er as ressure rovides a consistent flow of asp g p p o O to the appliance and is instrumental in checking for gas leaks.There are two pressure test points on the I rip • front of the stove control valve where test gauge con- OA.r,E> 0—__• _� nections are made.See Fig.20. Gauge connections ' " are identified by: E Inlet Pilot Adjustment • E for inlet or supply pressure(the amount of gas coming to the valve.) Figure 20. Pressure test points located on the front of the valve. • A for manifold pressure(the amount of gas that is coming out of the valve to the burner.) The line must be disconnected from the gas sup- WARNING ply line by closing the main supply manual gas shut DO NOT ALLOW THE INLET GAS PRESSURE TO off valve(gas cock)during any pressure testing of the EXCEED 14.0"WC(OR 1/2 PSIG)AS SERIOUS gas supply piping system that is equal to or exceeds DAMAGE TO THE VALVE MAY RESULT. pressures of 1/2 psig(3.5 kPa). EVENED RE(,-;E VED m12/05/2022 RCACMCLIWIJNICE l P O8/2i2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 5 Fuel Conversion • Label B-apply to the rating plate in the space indi- • cated on the plate. The GF 370 DV gas stove is shipped from the factory • Small valve label apply to valve body equipped to burn Natural gas.Propane fuel conver • Conversion instructions sion kit 156800 is included with the stove to enable use with LP gas if necessary.The kit contains all the Fuel Conversion Procedure components needed to complete the task and ensure 1. Turn off gas supply to the stove and disconnect safe operation,including labels that must be affixed from electrical power source. to the stove. 2. Remove the glass frame.See fig.i8. CAUTION:Before proceeding with this conversion, 3. Loosen the primary air shutter wingnut and push the gas supply must be shut off prior to disconnecting the stem all the way back. Fig. 21. the electrical power. This conversion kit shall be installed by a qualified Primary Air a service agency in accordance with the manufacturer's Shutter instructions and all applicable codes and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.If the informa —Ili tion in these instructions is not followed exactly,a fire, explosion,or production of carbon monoxide may result O,►. � , h ce/ causing property damage,personal injury or loss of life. The qualified service agency is responsible for the proper ® ®� installation of this kit.The installation is not proper and ,'si., e z . �. • complete until the operation of the converted appliance "�' � '�� is checked as specified in the manufacturer's instructions F► re 21.Air Shutter location. suppliedem- with the kit. 4. ull th Burner Plat forward to disengage it from Cet equipement de conversion sera installe par une the burner orifice a lift it out of the firebox. agence qualifiee de service conformement aux instruc- 5. Locate the main burner injector.See fig.23 on tions du fabricant et toutes exigences et codes appli- page i7.Slide the Air Shutter out of the way and cables de I'autorises avoir la juridiction.Si('information use a i/2"open end wrench or deep-well socket to dans cette Instruction n'est pas suivie exactement,un remove the burner orifice from the brass orifice feu,explosion ou production de protoxyde de carbone holder. Replace with the orifice supplied in the peut resulter le dommages causer de propriete,pert ou kit.Tighten securely. blessure personnelle de vie.L'agence qualifiee do service 6. Change the Air Shutter position:Lift the shutter est esponsable de('installation propre de cet equipe tube up in its hinge pin slots and turn the tube metn.L'installation n'est pas propre et complete jusqu'a ('operation de l'appareil converi est cheque suivant les over,so that the appropriate fuel type indicator criteres etablis dans les instruction de proprietaire provi (LP or NG) is oriented facing you. See fig.22.Push sion!lees avel('equipement. the shutter all the way back over the injector. 7. Change the Pilot Orifice. Pull the Pilot Hood off of Conversion Kit (LP#156800, NG #156801) its base.It will snap by the retainer clip shown in Tools required: Fig.23. • i/2"&i3 mm open end wrench or deep-well socket Pr- • Torx Teo or slotted screwdriver 1111 /, LA • 7/i6"open end wrench • 1/4"nut driver i�� It • 3 mm allen wrench •4 mm allen wrench 4 t ,I Conversion Kit Contents: • i regulator tower labeled for the appropriate fuel • 2 regulator tower Torx screws • i burner injector(#38 mm for NG,#53 for LP) CD / L-j • i pilot orifice(#62 for NG,#35 for LP) • Label A-to be completed and applied to the base of the valve compartment Figure 22. Primary air shutter orientationmus C rt changed for fuel type. ��} v( 1E1,p IVE 12/05/2022 J RACCOmCLIKINICE 16 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28h2 ^� Pilot Head Ignitor Pilot Orifice Flame Sfi. e\ns}oor I[I/ O y` kW e III III T \I zy _ m v p®G� Primary Air ' ` � Shutter —_ o L \ /® ,� Retainer Clip e c� H 0 I - Injector p Regulator GI Diaphragm b I Tab&Receptacle :/� 1 _ finals r dm 7 111: 111111C311111111111 11: o� I �� -11 w/a,[ a. APPV HERE L .4:I I i.,„/`r Regulator g 4 Tower ® Use new Torx screws supplied Figure 23. Fuel conversion components and assemblies Using a 4 mm alien wrench,unscrew the pilot ii.Install the new variable regulator tower from the orifice. Replace it with the orifice from the kit. kit.Be sure that the gasket is properly positioned Be sure the new orifice is tightly secured to pre- and tighten screws securely.Connect the wire lead. vent by-pass leakage. 12.Applythe identification labels to the stove so that they can Replace the pilot hood by simply pushing it be seen by any person that may be servicing the stove. back into place on its base. •Label"A": Apply to front lip of the valve compartment. 8. Reinstall the Burner Plate by engaging the ven- turi tube with the Air Shutter.BE CERTAIN THE • Label"B": Apply to the Rating Plate. BURNER IS LEVEL AND SECURELY SEATED ON THE • Small valve sticker:Apply to valve. SUPPORT LEGS ON THE FIREBOX FLOOR. 13. Install the accessory panels and burner media as g. Replace the variable regulator.Using a Torx T-zo appropriate.See pages 19-21. screwdriver,remove the two specialty screws 14.Apply anti-seize lubricant to the socket head glass from the regulator tower on the front of the frame screws before reinstalling the glass frame. valve.Note:To help identify which screws to remove, 15. Apply gas to the system and check for leaks using refer to the new regulator in the kit.See fig.23. a soapy water solution or gas sensor. io. Disconnect the Regulator wire lead from the receptacle housing terminal.Remove the regula- 16.Followthe System Check instructions on, ����� tor tower and the rubber diaphragm. for initial start-up and fl= r_V1,- , ad'u' 12/05/2022 LI l a O 8/2 i 1 2 O 2 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 6. High Altitude Adjustment 7. Firebox Panel Installation The decreased atmospheric pressure of higher alti- Skamol Panels and optional tudes affects heat value of gaseous fuels. Most gas Reflective Glass Kit 156817 suppliers derate the gas intended for use at eleva- tions above 2000 feet.Check with your gas supplier Skamol Panels before performing derate adjustment to the burner. These insulating panels are installed at the factory. This appliance may be adjusted for altitude over If desired,the panels may be painted black using any 2000 ft.(6i0-i37i m)for natural gas. high-temperature paint.DO NOT OPERATE THIS STOVE If the gas supplier does not derate fuels,install High WITHOUT THE SKAMOL PANELS INSTALLED. Altitude Adjustment Kit i56822 for Natural gas. The labeled lower panel retainer bracket should be removed from the firebox-it is intended only to DO NOT DERATE FOR PROPANE. prevent shipping damage. U.S&Canada per ANSI Zzi.88-zoo5•CSA 2.33-2oo5,CAN/CGA 2.i7 For natural gas installations from 6io-i37o meters Reflective Glass Panels (z000-450o ft.)the orifice size(DMS)is#39. See data plate for additional information.For high • i/4"socket driver required altitude installations consult the local gas distributor Cotton gloves are provided with the glass panels.Use or the authority having jurisdiction for proper rating them to handle the panels to prevent fingerprints on methods.If the installer must convert the unit to the surfaces.Fingerprints are difficult to remove.Use a adjust for varying altitudes,the information sticker clean cloth to remove any dust from the glass panels. must be filled out and applied to the appliance at the time of the conversion. 1. You will need to remove the pilot hood and burner Cet appareil est equippe pour des altitudes compries plate to provide clearance to install the glass entre o et z000 pieds(o-610 m)seulement. panels. Pull the pilot hood off of the pilot base-it will slip past its retainer clip. Loosen the Air Shut- ter and push it all the way back to disengage the Derating Procedure burner venturi tube from the shutter.Simply lift • Follow Steps 1-6 of the Fuel Conversion procedure the burner up and out of the firebox. See figs.21 on pages i6 to change the burner injector.Use the and 23. injector supplied with the kit. Detailed instruc 2. Loosen,but do not remove the three#8 x i2 sheet tions are also included in the kit. metal screws that secure the upper panel retainer. • Conduct gas leak and gas pressure tests as de- Pull the the retainer forward about 1/4 inch. See tailed on page i5 of this manual. fig.25. • Conduct system check and flame picture adjust- 3. Orient the rear panel,shiny side out,textured side ments as specified on pages 22-23. in.Tilt the panel to engage its upper edge behind the retainer bracket.Seat the panel all the way back INSTALLER:Fill out the appropriate information and centered against the back wall.Seefig.26. and apply the high altitude conversion label provid- ed to the rating plate on the appliance.See fig.24. 4. Orient the side panels,shiny side out,and sliding each behind the retainer wings. See Fig.26a. This appliance has been converted for use at an 5. Push the retainer back against the glass panels and altitude of tighten the three sheet metal screws. Orifice Size: Manifold Press. 6. Replace the burner plate.When properly located,it Input Btu/Hr. Fuel Type will be level and secure. Date: / / Converted by: 7. Replace the pilot head. It will just snap back into Cet appreeil a ete converti au Injecteur place on the base. Pression a la tubulure d'alimentation 8. Air Shutter Adjustment:Follow the guidelines on Deoit calorifique page 23 to establish the best flame picture for your particular installation. Figure 24.High Altitude Conversion Label. IS:EVENED RECEIVED ECEIVED It12/05/2022 FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 18 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 98914 Rev.O 8/28/12 8. Install Burner Media River Rocks ° 10 CAUTION:THE ROCKS ARE FRAGILE! SUPPORT THE IIAII- ASSEMBLY FROM THE BOTTOM AND HANDLE CARE- () ! _ !_ I� FULLY! l ` 1. Engage the River Rock bed with the two center burner pins as shown in fig.27. Either side of the : rocks may face outward as desired. �i� 2. Evenly disperse the Ember Stones supplied over A:.I ' c, the burner plate around the log parts. DO NOT ALLOW EMBER STONES TO BLOCK THE PILOT AS- SEMBLY AREA.The carry-over ports directly in front Panel Retainer of the pilot must remain clear for proper pilot Bracket ignition. See figs.29 and 65 for examples. IIII E• it StarFire Glass Embers Do not use more than the four pounds (in two,2 lb. Figure 25. Loosen the panel retainer screws. bags)of glass media provided.For best results,evenly spread the contents of the bag over the entire burner plate and rear skirt,mounding a crown toward the f 1r 1 center.DO NOT COVER THE AREA IMMEDIATELY IN � � i FRONT OF THE PILOT ASSEMBLY. The carry-over ports - HIP' directly in front of the pilot assembly must be clear to // ensure proper pilot ignition. See fig.66 page 34. // o Rear Vass el Figure 26. Install Rear Glass Panel. LA 1/ifii:,..-.................;-k7..: V I \\,\\\\\\\\, 41 \\\\ Figure 27. Set River Rock assembly on pins. 10 41 4 . ,, i ,b__ Figure 26a. Install Side Glass Panels. REC E IV E � � 12/05/2022 J RCACMCUINVIIVICE l a O8/2f42022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 Tumbled Stones Install the stones according to the instructions sup- plied with that kit. ~ , / I � Install the Log Set / The three-piece log set includes a bag of ember I stones that simulate glowing coals when the burner , �� is operating. // " ��— ri.- �fi.-:-.-.-.-.- 11f—firUse workgloves and handle the individual logs , /,� /U �icarefully,supporting each with both hands.Install >, '-� �� the Logset and Ember Stones as shown in figures el I i'J��<� e 1 28-31. III �' II .e.eveeveeveee, �U Figure 30. Engage the Left Log with the rear burner Pr" � plate pin. e I ijj �Iio /'jTT � A ilo li , ._ 41/ J e 11 d �� s y 1 1yeee .. ,Fi ure 28. Engage the Bottom Logwith the two f4I 9 center pins in the burner plate. ���— / ' Jam= // 7v�r- � r If Figure 31. 11 ) ` Evenly disperse the Ember Stones evenly over the i I 41, .1 drb 10 el aft A-Viers. 0.- Qa 4\ �% I burner plate around the log parts. DO NOT ALLOW / �/_ EMBER STONES TO BLOCK THE PILOT ASSEMBLY AREA. i�ti I�� U lit . %� �i The carry-over ports directly in front of the pilot must remainclearfor ro er iloti nition. I:: p P p gee:se I:� Replace the Glass Frame. Figure 29. Lean the Right Log up against the upper Reinstall the glass frame using the 4 mm hex key right corner of the firebox and engage its toe with the and socket head screws previously removed. indentation in the Bottom Log. RECEIVED 12/05/2022 J Id FOECMCUYHMXOE 20 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 9. Exterior Decorative IMPORTANT! Clean the inside surface of the glass before installation. Glass Panel Kit Assembly Before mounting the support brackets to the stove set each on the end of the glass panel and bend the bracket tabs to hold the panel securely. Kit Contents See Detail A,fig.32. i. Upper Side Brackets,2 8. Top Plate 1. Remove the top plate from the stove. 2.Lower Side Brackets,2 g. 3 mm hex key 3. Upper Front Bracket io. 4 mm hex key 2. Install the Upper Side brackets using the four M8 x 12 mm 4.Lower Front Bracket 11. M8 x 4omm bolts,4 hex bolts supplied in the Miscellaneous Kit that came 5.Side Glass Panels, 2 12. M6 x zo FH screws,4 with the stove. 6.Front Glass Panel 13. Friction Buttons,8 There are two versions of the side brackets.The up- 7. Top Glass Panel per bracket to be mounted on the right side is the Use the white gloves supplied when handling glass same as the lower bracket to be mounted on the left to minimize fingerprints. side.The upper bracket on the left side is the same as the lower bracket on the right side.See fig.32. O . 12 �3 000a000 0 3. Remove the door handle from the door as shown in fig.3o. Attach the lower front bracket to the door 0 using two M6 x 20 socket screws and the 4 mm hex key.Replace the door handle assembly using the#2 r and#4 hole locations to move the handle forward to 1 0 0 align with the glass panel. 4. Place the glass panel in the lower bracket and attach the upper front bracket the top of the door using the IP e remaining M6 x zo screws. 5. Set the new cast iron top plate in place and replace �/ the center grate halves. 006. Place a friction button at each corner of the top plate and set the glass top plate in position. It 0 Longer section of brackets `=�• oint to rear of stove �_�' .441141 4r,r-o,-," iiir ni OM8 xi2 hex bolts Figure 33.Upper side bracket bolt locations. —•fiar.----©- -_--= & & II1® Lower Bracket Longer section points to I ------------ rear of stove A ® , �� r rr��I"I l- fo Door Handle Bend tab at end of bracket to hold panel securely. ♦ Z4 Figure 34. E IVED Figure 32.Exterior Decorative Glass Kit contents. Door handle after lower f a,r12/ 5/20'2. t is i s 12/05/2022 FORCORCU JNICE 08/2W022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 1o. Initial System Check to Fan to Open outlet Accent Lamp burner and fan control system consists of the fol- -not used / lowing built-in or supplied components: \ i i) Remote Transmitter-3,AAA batteries preinstalled 2) Remote Receiver-4,AA backup batteries preinstalled II II II POWER 3) Fan Control Module-switched • • • — O All internal connections have been made at the 12OV OUT FAN AUX OUT COM I HH H"ioiI factory.The remote controls are preprogramed and — = POWER ON the entire system tested. 0 = POWER OFF Figure Fan Control Module power switch. NOTE: Check the build date on the shipping crate label.If it has been more than 6 months since the build date,be prepared to replace the Receiver and Transmitter batteries. CPI /Continuous Pilot Ignition Follow this procedure for the initial system check fol- 4 / (Standing Pilot) lowing installation: OR i. Connect the power extension cord to the interior 7 d power cord and to a 12oV electrical outlet. IPI /Intermittent Pilot Ignition 2. Turn the Fan Control Module rocker switch to the PILOT MODE ON position,fig.35a.It is located in the valve com- partment,behind the Receiver control box. I ON REMOTE OFF M 3. Slide the Remote Receiver switch to the ON posi- I1, 11PRG tion.The ignitor will generate spark in either IPI or • CPI pilot modes.See fig.35b. 4. PURGING THE GAS LINE: Open the gas supply Remote Receiver valve. When lighting the appliance for the first Switch time it will take a few moments to clear the gas line of air. Once the purge is complete,the pilot Figure 35b. Initial system settings. light will ignite. 5. PILOT FLAME: The pilot flame should be steady- not lifting or floating. The flame should be blue in color around the pilot hood,with traces of yellow toward the outer edges. It is important that the Ignitor pilot flame engulf the top i/8"of the flame sen- �1.• sor. The pilot flame should project out of the pilot Flame Sensor •-r j hood i"from both ports extending to reach the ' ��� burnerplateports. See fig. 6.Thepilot flame can �)) 3 � be tuned by turning the adjustment screw located on the front of the valve.See fig.20. all TM- 6. INSTALLER PLEASE NOTE: CHECK FUNCTIONALITY. The burner,remote Carry-over Ports 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 control and fan functions have each been tested o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < at the factory.However,it is important to run through each function and be sure to familiarize Figure 36. Correct Pilot flame pattern. the homeowner with the operation procedures. See the Operation section on pages 24-27 for details regarding Remote Control functions and settings. ItEVENE 5/2022 RECEIVED FORCOYiC 10PIIVICE 22 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Flame Appearance /Air Shutter Adjustment WARNING: AIR SHUTTER ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD ONLY BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED,PROFESSIONAL SERVICE TECHNICIAN. ____ Locate the Primary Air Shutter control under the fire- I( \iii .„, box floor above the gas valve.See fig.37.The shutter is set at the midpoint of its adjustment range at the / 1 7 factory.This will give good results in the majority of MP installation configurations,however,you may needY find it necessary to adjust it to get the best flame •�picture depending upon the your specific installation. �iWith the burner operating,loosen the wingnuton the shutter stem.Push the stem back toward therear of the stove will decrease combustion air.Pull itIIforward to increase air. Generally,flame appearance is a matter of indi- vidual preference,however a warm yellowish flame is most common. Figure 38. Proper flame picture-Traditional Logs. we • Closing the air shutter- in extreme cases may Alternate flame pictures for Wishing Rock and Starfire generate very long yellow flames resulting in soot. Glass are illustrated in figs.67&68 in the Appendix on Sooting produces black deposits on the logs,on the page 36. inside walls of the appliance,and potentially on the exterior termination cap. Sooting is caused by incomplete combustion in the Operation Notes flames and lack of combustion air entering the air 1. For the first several hours of operation,it is com- shutter opening. mon to detect some odor as the metal and manu- • Opening the air shutter-will generate a flame that facturing materials cure under heat.This condition is blue and transparent,or"anemic". This flame is is temporary and can be alleviated by allowing generally more efficient,but not as attractive. plenty of fresh air to circulate through the area. • Allow the burner to operate at the highest setting 2. Condensation may develop on the glass upon each for 20-3o minutes before making any adjustments. lighting of the appliance. This"fog"will disappear Always make adjustments in i/8"increments and as the glass heats. allow the burner to settle-in for 10-15 minutes 3. Keep the controls and the area under the appliance between additional adjustments. free of dust. Always keep the appliance area clear and free from combustible materials,gasoline and other flammable liquids. Primary Air o ‘' 4. This appliance can be operated with a continu- Shutter ously burning pilot flame. Exercise caution when using household products containing combustible • vapors. oo / , 5. CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THIS APPLIANCE ��., � •o '� , WITH THE GLASS REMOVED,CRACKED OR BROKEN. J �►��; 0 �. REPLACEMENT OF THE GLASS SHOULD BE DONE BY A LICENSED OR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSON.USE J,:f �, „„4,` -� `' ONLY REPLACEMENT GLASS PROVIDED BY YOUR ' ', AUTHORIZED JOTUL DEALER.NEVER U Figure 37. Primary Air Shutter location. STITUTE MATERIALS. Rem IVE D K 12/05/2022 D RCACMCUINFIJNICE l a O 8/2 1/ O 2 O 2 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 J of u l GF 370 DV Ignition Module This is the brain of the system.It allows the pilot to be set up as an IPI or CPI unit. It tells the burner to Operation light or turn off,and provides the ignitor with the electricity needed for sparking.All functional com- Features Overview mands are routed through this part of the system and distribute the signal to the appropriate compo- The Proflame GTMFS system is a modular remote nent. control system that directs the functions of the Jotul GF 370 gas freestanding unit. It is configured to con- Sit 885 Modulating Valve trol the on/off operation both manually and This valve has the ability to be stepped down in six thermostatically,with standard and"Smart"ther increments between high and low. It can be done mostat features.It will also control flame modula- tion,manual flame control,fan on/off and speed and Smart thermostat modulation mode.Automatic on/off of accent lighting features. modulation means that as the room temperature approaches the limit set for shut down,the valve The system is an IPI system (Intermittent Pilot gradually decreases or"steps-down"the fire inten- Ignition)and also has a built in switch which allows sity. Conversely,as room temperature cools,the valve you to keep the pilot lit continuously if desired (CPI gradually increases flame intensity.The overall result Constant Pilot Ignition). The power is provided to the is more comfortable even heating,minimizing tern- FCM(Fan Control Module) using 120V electricity and perature peaks and valleys. has a 6volt DC battery back-up for operation during a power failure. Pilot Assembly Remote Control Transmitter The pilot contains a pilot hood,igniter,and a sensor rod.The igniter sends a spark to the pilot hood which This new remote system has all controls available on lights the gas. The sensor rod is then engulfed by the its face for reliable,ease of use. It gives room temper- pilot flame,flame rectification occurs and the unit ature readout,set temperature readout,all function remains lit. If rectification does not occur the main abilities as well as childproof lockout and low battery burner will not light and the pilot will shut down. indicator. Icons appear on the screen indicating which mode of operation you are controlling. The four button controls are easy to learn and simple to operate. The remote transmitter is powered by 3-1.5v WARNING: AAA batteries. READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO OPERATE Remote Control Receiver THIS APPLIANCE.DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO The receiver is powered by 4-1.5v AA batteries. This OPERATE THIS APPLIANCE WHO HAS NOT READ unit has a manual on/off switch to light the burner if AND UNDERSTOOD THESE INSTRUCTIONS. KEEP the remote should become inoperative. THE REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER WHERE CHILDREN CANNOT REACH IT. Fan Control Module The Fan Control Module(FCM) is the electrical heart of the system. It provides power to all components, WARNING: 120V ac when available,and converts to 6v DC SEVERE INJURY. THIS APPLIANCE CAN BE SET TO when it is not.This powers the receiver,making the OPERATE THERMOSTATICALLY.BE AWARE THAT batteries in the receiver a backup power source,thus THE STOVE MAY BE VERY HOT EVEN WHEN THE prolonging the life of the batteries. The FCM sends BURNER IS NOT APPARENTLY OPERATING. power to the fan system and the accent light.When KEEP CHILDREN AWAY FROM THE APPLIANCE. no line power is available these features will not operate. WARNING: OBSERVE CAUTION NEAR THE GLASS PANEL. THE GLASS MAY SHATTER IF STRUCK BY AN OBJECT. ALWAYS HANDLE THE GLASS PANEL WITH CARE. oEVENED RECEIVED It12/05/2022 FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 24 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Control Functions CPI(Continuous Pilot Ignition) Pilot Mode IPI (Intermittent Pilot Ignition) In most cases you will want to operate the stove in IPI mode. This allows the most efficient use of gas,burn- ing the pilot light only when the thermostat calls for * 0 .® Accent Lamp the burner to ignite. ' Dimmer Control The CPI mode permits functional flexibility within �' �*4-� �� a wide range of installation characteristics.The pilot PILOT MODE /\. flame remains lit when the burner is off. This is an ad- ON REMOTE OFF � I � PO vantage in those instances when a cold system maybe O Receiver in"ON" difficult to start in IPI mode.The pilot can be run until ii position the system has warmed sufficiently for IPI operation. NOTE:THE IGNITOR WILL ALWAYS SPARK WHENEVER THE PILOT MODE IS SWITCHED TO CPI,REGARDLESS OF THE POSITION OF THE RECEIVER SWITCH. Figure 39. Main Control Panel. Remote Receiver The Remote Receiver is powered through the Fan Control Module.The Receiver can be set to one of three different positions.See fig.39. F. ON -this is a manual override allowingthe burner to I` H■ Blue LCD Screen nction without remote control.The ignitor will spar f ithin 3 seconds. REMOTE-Permits full function of all components by M J M remote control Transmitter activity. OFF-Disconnects communication between the trans- mitter and receiver.Turns off IPI functionality. Turn the ( __, ON/OFF Key Receiver to"OFF"whenever the stove will not be used THERMOSTAT Key and whenever service is performed. v UP/DOWN Key Remote Transmitter /21.1.I MODE Key The Transmitter features a simple button layout and informative display screen.See fig.4o. A bracket is included for convenient wall-mount storage. Figure 4o. Remote transmitter function keys. ON/OFF Key-controls Burner,Fan,and Lamp functions. THERMOSTAT Key- Used to set either Manual or Figure 47. Remote transmitter display data. Thermostatic Control and Child Safety Lock-out index through thermostatic Transmission Low Battery Alarm functions. ;11=1)IIMI° Thermostat a ■■ ■ F ■�■■�■o I Room UP/DOWN Arrow Key-Se- ON/OFF/SMART OFF ' „ ' C Temperature lects thermostat temperature ' SMARTS :■=■■M■ l� 1 range and fan speed. �1=11=1 MODE Key-used to select Set Point the component to be con- Temperature Level State�;MM MM. trolled:Burner,Fan,or Lamp. _• ' •DISPLAY-graphically indi- cates temperature settings Burnerk) * M SplitN/Arner and status of Thermostat, Modulation l Burner,Fan,and Lamp. MAX MAX aux Fan Modulation L- i p-O a FFrl ' ' . 'vEr . „,,,,,,, , 12/05/2022 UV FORCOYiCLIMI ICE Q //�L 1//� //�//� l P O8/2 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 LilRemote Transmitter Controls, cont'd. ji Temperature Indication Display •With the transmitter in the OFF position,press the Thermostat Key and the Mode Key at the same time.The display screen will show the current room temperature cycling between Farenheit and Celsius Figure 42. Room temperature readings indicators each time the keys are pressed simulta- neously.See fig.42. 1 1 Turn on the Burner U • Press the ON/OFF Key on the Transmitter. The display will show all the active icons.At the same time, the Receiver will activate the Pilot Ignitor. First the pilot will ignite,followed shortly by the burner.A single"beep"from the Receiver will confirm reception of the command. Figure 43.Burner shut down Turn off the Burner _ ems.... • Press the ON/OFF Key. The display will show only ::�• F �® the room temperature and icon.At the same time, IL!etoh • the Receiver will deactivate the call for heat and the •mo mmo•mo _ 4.4 m burner will shut down.Fig.43.A single"beep"from 11=1 re the Receiver will tpnfirm reception of the comr�and1 Ili I Remote Burner Control There are six flame levels available. Figure 44.Burner OFF Figure 45. Flame Level 7. • With the system ON,and the burner flame level at maximum,press the Down Arrow Key once to reduce the flame height by one step.Each time the Iicsi Down Key is pressed,the flame will step down until ._ •F Em !_:"F the burner is finally turned off. Fig.44. °N 4 ON 11 ■ ■ • The Up Arrow Key will increase the flame height i•U1� U each tim it is pressed.If the U Arrow Key is pressed ill ( ii while the system is on but the flame is off,the flame will come on in the High position.Figs.45-47• liki Ilk A single"beep"will confirm reception of the com- MAX mand. Figure 46.Flame Level 5. Figure 47.Flame Level 6. Room Thermostat (Transmitter Operation) The Remote Control can operate as a room themostat. The themostat can be set to a desired temperature to gol (°FRoom Temperature control the comfort level in a room. ill • To activate this function,press the Thermostat Key, Eia ON l I Q (Fig.4o.) The display will indicate that the room thermostat is"ON"and the current Set Temperature Ei6 is now displayed.Fig.48. • To adjust the Set Temperature,press the Up or Down Arrow Keys until the desired Set Temperature Set Temperature is displayed. Fig.49. Figure 48.Thermostat ON Figure 49. E IVE D 12/05/2022 Li et FOECOOEC MIVICE 26 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 SMART Thermostat Function ,F This function adjusts the flame intensity according to F the difference in the Set Point temperature and the •SMART 1Q SMART , I Q actual room temperature.As the room temperature gets closer to the Set Point,the Smart Function will 16 BB modulate flame intensity down. • To activate this function,press the Thermostat Key MAX' until the woed"SMART"appears to the right of the thermometer bulb icon.Fig.5o. Figure 5o.Smart Mode Figure 51.Smart Set Temp. • To adjust the temperature,press the Up or Down °" 1 I°F ON °F Arrow Keys until the desired Set Temperature is Itt displayed.Fig.51. I 6E1Fan Speed Control 1I ! • Fan speed can be adjusted through six settings.To activate this function,press the Mode Key(Fig.4o) to index to the Fan Control icon.See fig.52. MAX • Use the Up/Down Arrow Keys to turn ON,OFF,or Figure 52.Fan Mode Figure 53.Fan Speed adjust the fan speed.Fig.53.A single"beep"will confirm reception of the command. F °F Accent Lamp Control (Auxiliary12oV Outlet) ON I � gON 1 IQ • The auxiliary function controls the Accent Lamp sol NEN 1 power. Press the Mode Key to index to the AUX icon.Figs.54-55. • Pressing the Up Arrow Key will turn the Lamp ON. Skt Lamp brightness can be adjusted by turning the AUX dimmer knob on the stove Control Panel. Figure 54. Lamp Control Figure 55..Lamp ON • Pressing the Down Arrow Key will turn the Lamp OFF. Child Safety Lock 8 F F This function will lockout the Transmitter to prevent °" 11 I°6 I6 unsupervised operation. • To activate the Lock,press the Mode key and UP Key at the same time.Fig.56. • To de-activate the Lock,press the Mode Key and UP Key at the same time. Low Battery Detection Figure 56.Lock ON Figure 57.Low Battery The life span of the batteries depends on various be emitted from the Receiver when the ON/OFF factors;battery quality,the frequency of ignition calls, Key is pressed.See Battery Replacement under the the frequency of changes to Set Points,etc. Maintenance section of this manual. • When Transmitter batteries are low,the Battery icon will be displayed before all battery power is Manual By-Pass of the Remote System lost.The icon will disappear when new batteries When battery power is low or depleted,the burner are installed. can still be operated manually by sliding the Receiver switch to the ON position.It will immediately ignite • When Receiver batteries are low,no"beep"will in the High position. be emitted from the Receiver when it receives an On/Off command from the Transmitter.This is an In the event of a power failure,flame modulation, alert for a low battery condition in the Receiver. themostatic control, fan and lamp functions will be When the batteries are replaced,the"beep"will unavailable. It is therefore advisable to s ���of good quality batteries UVIXAGOOMAINIVICE 12/05/2022 l P O8/2 12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 SPARK ELECTRODE n I1 PILOT SENSOR In C— &° . r El PILOT ASSEMBLY CPI/IPI O I I n SWITCH ' p PROFLAME VALVE PILOT GROUND © o I•SPS OE I I 1 1I 1 —°IOWER 1 ELECTRONIC MODULATION WIRE —. • 0 x g PROFLAME FAN CONTROL MODULE Proflame System DIGITAL a co Configuration: ,§ FBURNERE m 885-GTMFS e CONTROL Illustrated Wire Diagram ei GTMFS WIRE HARNESS F141. i . _ �.. © DIAGNOSTIC © 411111.01r4 TO OPTIONAL J O SPLIT-FLOW - p ' ' M '" k / - DFC WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 001 • includes Pilot Grnd&CPI/IPI Switch RECEIVER Figure 58. Wiring schematic,SIT Proflame 885 Burner Control System Technical Data WT Fan Control Module Supply voltage/frequency: i2oV, 6o Hz Ambient temp.ratings: 32 to i4o° F sW Fe*Three wire bus: -Two wires provide DC voltage to FCM OD the Receiver -One wire gives uni-directional signal from the Receiver BK Output voltage/frequency/current:l2oV/6o Hz/5 A Auxiliary switched output: i2oV/6o Hz/2 A Figure 59. Wiring Diagram-GF 370 DV Fan Fan speed output: i2oV/6o Hz/i A Remote Control Transmitter Supply voltage: 4.5 V(three i.5V AAA batteries) CAUTION: LABEL ALL WIRES PRIOR TO DISCON- Ambient temp.rating: 32 to 122° F NECTION WHEN SERVICING THE CONTROLS. WIR- Radio frequency: 3i5 MHz ING ERRORS CAN CAUSE IMPROPER AND DAN- Receiver: GEROUS OPERATION. ALWAYS VERIFY PROPER Supply voltage 6.o V(four i.5 AA batteries) OPERATION AFTER SERVICING THE APPLIANCE. Ambient temp.rating: 32 to i4o° F ATTENTION:AU MOMENT DE L'ENTRETIENDES Radio frequency: 3i5 MHz COMMANDES,ETIOUETEZ TOUS LES FILS AVANT LE DEBRANCHEMENT. DES ERREURS DE CABLAGE PEUVENT ENTRAiUN FONCTIONNEMENT INADE- O_UAT ET DANGEREUX. 5/2022 RACOMCLIKINICE 28 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 This page is intenrts . com ' lly blank. r n RECEIVED CM 08/2142022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Maintenance FOR REPLACEMENT,USE ONLY JOTUL CERAMIC GLASS PANEL KIT 156817. DO NOT USE ANY This appliance and its venting system should be OTHER TYPE OF GLASS WITH THIS APPLIANCE. inspected before use and at least annually by a quali- fied service technician. Glass Panel or Gasket Replacement i. Use the 4 mm hex key to remove the four socket WARNING! screws that attach the Glass Frame to the firebox. THE IGNITION SYSTEM OF THIS APPLIANCE CARRIES LIVE VOLTAGE.ALWAYS TURN"OFF" Remove the lower screws first and be sure to THE MAIN GAS SUPPLY AND DISCONNECT THE adequately support the frame against the firebox POWER SOURCE BEFORE PERFORMING ANY while you remove the upper screws. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE. 2. Lay the assembly upside down on a flat surface, protecting the frame from scratches using a blanket TURN"OFF"THE MAIN GAS SUPPLY AND DIS- or towel. CONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY TOTHE APPLI- 3. The glass panel is held in place by four retainer ANCE BEFORE REPLACING BATTERIES. tabs.Use a screwdriver to carefully pry these up off the edge of the glass retaining walls. If the tabs break off,use the Tinnerman clips supplied with the replacement glass kit to secure the glass panel Annual Cleaning within the frame. Vent System 4. Remove the old gasket material. The entire vent system should be inspected and\ . Beginning at the midpoint of the upper edge,apply cleaned every year.If the intake and exhaust venting ir the new gasket around the glass panel,with the is disassembled for any reason,it should be reassem- adhesive side inside and the thicker portion on the bled and sealed according to the vent manufacturer's outside.DO NOT STRETCH THE GASKET MATERIAL. instructions provided at the initial installation. Trim off any excess,leaving a 1/2"overlap as shown in fig.6o. Burner and Log Set 6. Lay the glass panel within the glass frame and press Periodically inspect the firebox and valve compart- the tabs back down or press the clips in place as ment to BE CERTAIN THAT THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION shown in fig.61. AND VENTILATION AIR IS UNOBSTRUCTED. The firebox should be vacuumed at least annu- Figure 6o. ally to remove any surface build up.Use a soft brush Gasket application, attachment and handle the logs carefully as they are PN 129124 fragile. Glass Care Clean the glass as necessary.Wipe the surface with a clean,dampened,soft cloth.Follow with a dry,soft towel.Take care not to scratch the glass surface. WARNING:DO NOT USE ABRASIVE CLEANERS ON THE GLASS. NEVER CLEAN THE GLASS WHEN IT IS HOT. StarFire Glass Embers NOTE:Glass embers may discolor over time,depending Gasket Inspection upon frequency of use.Clean the embers by washing in It is important that the glass gasket be inspected at warm,soapy water,and dry thoroughly before reinstal- leastannually. Examine the ribbon gasket for signs of lation and use.After washing,discard any permanently deterioration and make sure the gasket has a positive hazed pieces,or replace embers annually.Colored glass seal.Replace the gasket if necessary. embers,not supplied by Jotul,maybe used,but must be at least 1/2" and similar in size and shape. ��(� ���� o EVENED � 1 M12/05/2022 FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 30 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Figure 67. Initializing the Remote Control 756817 Glass Each time you replace the batteries,you will need to Replacement initialize communication between the Receiver and Kit includes the Transmitter. gasket and spare i. Place the slider switch in the REMOTE position. retainer clips. 2. Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole marked PRG on the Receiver cover.The Receiver will"beep" three(3)times to indicate that it is ready to syn- chronize with the Transmitter. 3. Install 3 AAA batteries in the Transmitter bay and push the ON button.The Receiver will"beep"four if times to indicate the Transmitter's command is accepted and sets to the particular code of that Transmitter.The system is now initialized. mi / �eGq_ Battery Replacement a + , + , attery life depends on many variables;the quality of ®E pF� he batteries,frequency of remote use,and mode of f T operation.Keep a supply of good quality batterso _6) - s on hand to be assured of functional continuity in li (11_19the event of a power failure. j The Remote Transmitter batteries are easily accessed through the tabbed cover plate.Be sure to orient the batteries for correct polarity as indicated in Figure 62.Access Receiver batteries. the battery compartment. WARNING! Accent Lamp Replacement ALWAYS SHUT OFF THE GAS SUPPLY AND Handle the replacement bulb with gloves.Skin oils DISCONNECT THE POWER CORD FROM HOUSE will cause the bulb to fail prematurely. CURRENT BEFORE REPLACING BATTERIES. .. Remove the glass frame.See fig.i8. 2. Remove the two retainer screws with a short phil- lips screwdriver.Pull the socket out of the housing. Receiver Battery Replacement 3. Plug the new bulb into the socket and re-install .. Push the slider switch into the OFF position.Re- the assembly into the lamp housing. move the Receiver cover plate screws and pry the cover plate with slider switch off of the battery 4. Replace the glass frame using the 4 mm hex key box.See fig.62. and socket head screws previously removed. 2. Install 4 AA batteries into the receiver bay.Note the polarity of the batteries and insert into the PN 222943 Bulb,i3ov/5ow battery bay as indicated on the bay cover(+/-). o 3. With the switch still in the OFF position,align the slider switch with the switch stem and snap the i..- - A cover plate back onto the battery box. I.,--- 4. Replace the Receiver cover plate screws. ® s Figure 63.Accent Lamp Revlac- •• t. RECEIVED iE__��Ea 12/05/2022 l P RCACOOMNYVIIVICE O 8/2 4 2 0 2 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28h2 r 20 o ® 16 34 l� IIYc2 22 0 0 3 vimmt'0 © ED ® m ® JZ_L © . jZ- 3 1 .2 15 1, 1111L1-- -�- ® � o 0 .,-0 : 141 1' 0 p" / , o I! • m � I__p___ s jI �I� m Figure 64. 0 0 Firebox Part Identification. No. Part Number Description No. Part Number Description 1 9911 Bolt,Hex Cap,M6x45,DIN 933,Class 8.8,Blk 21 22298392 Simpson DV Starter Collar,GF 37o,MB 2 9962 Bolt,Hex Cap M6xio DIN 933 8.8 Ser Flange Blk 22 222988 Light Box,Inner 3 117917 Screw,HWH SMA 8 x 1/2 SL Blk Oxide 23 22298992 Light Box,Outer,MB 4 117967 Screw,Pan Head#7 x 3/8 PH SMA Zinc 24 223202 Intake Manifold,GF 37o 5 117968 Nut,M6 Serrated Flange plain 25 22320592 Burner Skirt,Rear,GF 37o,MB 6 117978 Screw,Button Head Socket M6Xio Blk 26 156834 Replacement Inner Side Glass&Gasket,GF 37o 7 118039 Spacer,.375 O.D.x 1.188 27 22324392 Panel Retainer,GF 37o 8 120004 Washer,Fender M6 DIN 9021B Zinc 28 223295 Gasket,Intake Manifold,GF 37o 9 129118 Gasket,Starter 29 118201 Screw,Button Head Socket,M6 X 16,Blk 10 22258o Firebox Weldment,GF 37o 3o 22259292 Glass Frame,Curved,GF 37o,MB 12 22258892 Baffle,Firebox,GF 37o,MB 31 156824 Replacement Light Socket Ass'y,GF 37o 13 22258992 Glass Frame,Side,Inner,GF 37o,MB 32 222977 Gasket,Light Kit 14 22273592 Glass Shade,Side,GF 37o,MB 33 222993 Gasket,Relief Door,GF 37o 15 156833 Replacement Front Glass&Gasket,GF 37o 34 223241 Gasket,Exhaust Restrictor,GF 37o 16 222943 Light Bulb,130 Volt,5o Watt 35 118090 Screw,HWH SMA 8 x 5/8 SL Zinc 17 222974 Glass,Ceramic,Light Fixture,GF 37o 36 22321992 Shroud,Rear,GF 37o,MB 18 22298°92 Restrictor,Rod&Washer Assy,GF 37o,MB 37 22328292 Firebox Cover,GF 37o,MB 19 222981 Delay Door,GF 37o 38* 223224 Skamol,Rear Panel 20 222982 Restrictor Plate,GF 37o 39* 223235 Skamol,Side Panel,2 r 5 D E EIVE[) CM 32 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 !Ir , ts0 311 .,r ♦7J 1I: I IIIIII7;7511111.11111 ED O 0 0 r ® .® cil: r- -J-1114iral' 0 0 m 11-10-1lirall m� 0 m 0 21 0 © IL1 0ne" 0 0 i 10 r e mi. - 0 10 © 0 .. so .-17.!_'1 ill 10 v 4 0 _ o 00 s�;® m m Figure 65. g External parts identification 3s No. Part Number Description No. Part Number Description 1 9962 Bolt,Hex Cap M6xio DIN 933 8.8 Ser Flange Blk 21 156843 Lower Door Hinge Asy.GF 370,MB 2 99115 Bolt,Hex Head M8 x 12 Blk 22 156835 Replacement Outer Side Glass,GF 37o 3 1O447o92 Top Plate,MB-GF 370 23 22321692 Bracket,Blower Mount,GF 37o,MB 4 10431992 Pedestal Base,MB-GF 370 24 22321892 Bracket,Outer Glass Kit,Lower,GF 37o,MB 5 10448892 Pedestal Side,MB-GF 37o 25 223220 Plate,Centering,GF 37o 6 10453692 Cover,Access,MB-GF 37o 26 223227 Blower,Axial,4o CFM,12o V 7 118019 Bolt,Hex Hd Serr Flange M6 x 25 Blk 27 22323292 Hinge,Door,MB 8 117947 Washer,Flat M6-.062 DIN 125A Plain 28 223236 Label,Caution, 9 117968 Nut,M6 Serrated Flange plain 29 99625 Bolt,Hex Head Serr Flange M6x16 8.8 Blk 10 117976 Screw,Flat Head Phillips M6 X 12 M/S Blk 30 223290 Latch,Magnetic 11 9906 Bolt,Hex Cap,M6x3o,DIN 933,Class 8.8,Blk 31 156837 Replacement Outer Side Glass Clip Ass'y. 12 117978 Screw,Button Head Socket M6 x 10 Blk 32 22328592 Bracket,Handle,MB 13 118095 Screw,HWH,SMA,#8 x 1",SL,Zinc 33 10446392 Door,MB 14 120004 Washer,Fender M6 DIN 9o21B Zinc 34 10446492 Side Plate,Left,MB 15 222664 Protection Cap,M8 Hex,Black 35 10446592 Side Plate,Right,MB 16 222729 Door Handle,Plated,GF 37o 36 118055 Kepnut,M4,Ext.Tooth Lockwasher,Stl,Zinc 17 22299592 Top Grill,GF 370,MB 37 22383292 Rear Cover,MB 18 222998 Bracket,Firebox Mount,GF 37o 38 224201 Gas Line Retainer 19 222999 Bracket,Side Support,GF 370 39 118236 Screw,M6 x 20 20 22320792 Bracket,Door Catch,GF 37o,MB 5 DRCA RECEIVED r CM 08/2§g2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 Figure 66.Spud Assembly parts identification co000oi e co 0 -(�lit' Ioft Ck lily i011:- VII/ ch \ !D, l-1 9D7 0 eoc. °� e — �o 0 O 0 � 4 01 I)) lit 0 . y 11,1% iikama -,0 6-r r, ,, A i _I \ !El it _,-----m MR NM, Ittr;ft"-- IN, / 1 .411rlita-t° ; .4 n ittc,--.) . --P-- •-vs% , ... ,, . m lb" c k„f ,„,,, k\ ,, f/ ,+ o � © 0 coNgAgq® •ram- e t . 1 N © ,' I N .. o6,o . oI �1/ e ® N ii-, 1 e N .ri t ,/ 1: - 0 AAo M 0 Q. �I ti., - 01 , t., €) I Ai, Adib ,Aii. • \ . . Ls, ,, :,„::::/ ..............,‘ ,1,t „. 0 .,„, D i, . /.,,y/ „,, 0 El 0 IL. \\\L\ Sf . ... -.Wr-- FL 0 L_ Li - i61111 ° aL RECEIVED 5 RCACOOtCUINFIIVICE 34 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 No. Part Number Descri.tion 1 118214 Screw,#8 X 3/8",Taptite,SLHWH,SZPL Use only genuine Jotul Replacement Parts 2 117917 Screw,HWH SMA 8 x i/2 SL Blk Oxide available from your local Authorized JOtul 3 117967 Screw,Pan Head#7 x 3/8 PH SMA Zinc Dealer or by contacting: 4 117968 Nut,M6 Serrated Flange plain Jotul North America 5 117975 Nut,Wing M6 Zinc 55 Hutcherson Dr. 6 118023 Washer,Fender.25o x 2.25o Gorham,ME o4038 7 9962 Bolt,Hex Cap M6xio DIN 933 8.8 Ser Flange Blk 8 156813 Wire Harness,Replacement-IPI/GF 370 207 591-6601 9 223235 Flex tube w/connectors(3/8in O.D.x 34in) io 12913o Orifice,#38/NG io 220731 Orifice,#53/LP 11 223230 Gasket,Spud Plate,GF 37o 12 12967o Gasket,Pilot Assembly 13 156836 Replacement 1.5'Power Cord Ass'y,GF 37o 14 120517 Switch,Rocker,SPST,Black,Plain 15 220709 Knob,Rheostat Control 16 220734 Gasket,2.25in OD x.125 17 221390 Primary Air Shutter Asby 18 222292 Elbow,90 deg,Brass 3/8 NTP X 3/8"Dia Tube 19 223204 Pilot Air Deflector,GF 37o 20 222926 Proflame GTMFS Transmitter 21 222910 Spacer,Pilot,GF 37o 22 157410 Proflame Valve w/Stepper Motor,NG only 22 157411 Proflame Valve w/Stepper Motor,LP only 23 222924 Proflame IPI Ignition Board 24 222925 Replacement Proflame Pilot,NG 24 156803 Replacement Proflame Pilot,LP 25 157026 Proflame Fan Control Module,Replacement ■222928 Proflame S Receiver f Ir ..`etBrasos,Stre r•.. ,?g,3/8 n a e Rector, •223 le,Primary Air, o . 31 222280 Gasket,Drop In Office Holder 32 223246 Control Face Plate,Silkscreened,GF 37o 33 156812 Burner Assembly,Complete/GF 37o 34 223231 Orifice Holder,Drop In Assembly,GF 37o 35 223233 Spud Plate Weldment,GF 37o 36 156823 Replacement Light Dimmer,GF 37o 37 223244 Bracket,IPI Ignition Board 38 156825 Replacement Spud Ass'y,GF 37o,NG,3o%TD 156838 Replacement Spud Ass'y,GF 37o,LP,3o%TD 39* 222058 Pilot Orifice,Pop-top#62/NG 129473 Pilot Orifice,Pop-top#35/LP 40 224132 Spacer,Orifice Holder 41 224201 Gas Line Retainer 42 223951 Remote Transmitter Wall-mount Bracket *Not illustrated r 5 D RECEIVED CM 08/2§ 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.0 8/28/12 Appendix A Mobile Home Installation Correct Flame Pictures The Jotul GF 370 DV can be installed for use in a mobile home in the U.S.and Canada provided: 1. The stove must be secured to the floor of the mobile home.There is a hole for this purpose, located in the pedestal base,through which a lag screw or other appropriate fastener should .1$ be secured to the floor. See Fig.i,page 3. 14 2. The stove is installed in accordance with Title 24 CFR,Part 328o-Manufactured Home Construc- tion and Safety Standard,in the U.S.Comply ; with CSA Z24o.4,Gas Equipped Recreational Vehicles and Mobile Housing,in Canada. A^ •- „� 3. Always contact your local officials about instal- lation restrictions and requirements in your 1 �� ws..A - l c area. .-! � ll1Alma ll THIS APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED AS AN OEM II INSTALLATION IN A MANUFACTURED(MOBILE) Figure 67.River Rock flame picture.KEEP EMBER HOME AND MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE STONES OFF PILOT CARRY-OVER PORTS. WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE MANUFACTURED HOME CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY STANDARD,TITLE 24 CFR,PART 328o,STANDARD FOR MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION,ANSI/NCBCS A255.1 OR STANDARD FOR CANADA,CSA Z24o.4.THIS APPLIANCE IS ONLY FOR USE WITH THE TYPE OF GAS THAT IS INDICATED KEEP PILOT CARRY-OVER PORTS CLEAR. ON THE STOVE'S RATING PLATE. THIS APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED IN AN AFTERMARKET PERMANENTLY LOCATED,MANUFACTURED (MOBILE)HOME,WHERE NOT PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODE. CET APPAREIL PEUT ETRE INSTALLE DANS UN MAISON PREFABRIOUEE(MOBILE) DEJA INSTALLEE I A DEMEURE SI LES REGLEMENTS LOCAUX LE _ PERMETTENT. CET APPAREIL DOIT ETRE UTILISE UNIOUEMENT . - AVEC LES TYPES DE GAS INDIOUES SUR LA PLAOUE I���°,� � � ' ho SIGNALETIOUE. NE PAS L'UTILISER AVEC D'AUTRES I ° ° 4 f`*' _ �. . '�': 1 i . .- Ate te.o GAS SAUF SI UN KITDE CONVERSION CERTIFIE EST �.V4VAr� _G INSTALLE. I >F 1 � !��° �, l Ill IT A Figure 68.Starfire Glass flame picture. 5 � RECEIVED MOMEMiffitia 36 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 J Ot u I Gas Product 3) Damage due to service performed by an installer,service agency or gas supplier,unless otherwise agreed to in writing by JOTUL. Limited Warranty 4) Labor or other costs associated with the repair of gas controls, plumbing,burners,log set,or sheet metal firebox beyond the warranty This warranty policy applies to gas products identified by period. JOtul,Scan,and Atra trade names,as set forth below. 5) Damage caused by unauthorized modification,use or repair. 6) Damage to enameled surfaces caused by improper operation or A.Cast Iron,Steel Doors,Surround Components,Firebox: misuse,including use that is not in conformance with the operating JOtul North America Inc.(JOTUL)warrants,to the original instructions contained in this owner's manual.Such damage can typically be identified by bubbling,cracking,or discoloration of the retail purchaser,that those components of the JOtul,Scan, enamel finish. or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace specified above will be free 7) Costs incurred by travel time and/or loss of service. of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five 8) Damage incurred while the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace (5)years from the date of purchase. This warranty is subject is in transit. to the terms,exclusions and limitations set forth in the IN NO EVENT SHALL JOTUL,ITS PARENT COMPANY,SHAREHOLDERS, following text. AFFILIATES,OFFICERS,EMPLOYEES,AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES B. Burner,Burner Treatments,Firebox Panels: BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE TO YOU FOR ANY SPECIAL,INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,PUNITIVE OR OTHER SIMILAR DAMAGES, JOTUL warrants,to the original retail purchaser,that those INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,LOST PROFITS,LOST SALES,INJURY components of the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace TO PERSON OR PROPERTY,OR DAMAGES TO A STRUCTURE OR ITS specified above will be free of defects in material and CONTENTS,ARISING UNDER ANY THEORY OF LAW WHATSOEVER. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES workmanship for a period of two(2)years from the date of OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, purchase. This warranty is subject to the terms,exclusions, OR OTHERWISE,ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE LENGTH OF THIS and limitations set forth in the following text WRITTEN WARRANTY. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN,JOTUL MAKES NO ORAL,WRITTEN OR OTHER WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO C.Gas& Electrical Components(controls,plumbing,valve, JOTUL,SCAN OR ATRA GAS STOVES OR FIREPLACES. blower): Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental JOTUL warrants,to the original retail purchaser,that those r consequential damages,or limitations on the length of implied warranties.Therefore,the above exclusions or limitations may not apply components of the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace to you.This warranty gives you specific legal lights,and you may have specified above will be free of defects in material and ther rights,which vary from state to state. i workmanship for a period of one(1)year from the date of JOTUL reserves the right to discontinue,modify or change the materials purchase.This warranty is subject to the terms,exclusions, used to produce the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace. JOTUL and limitations set forth in the following text. shall have the right to replace any defective component with substitute components determined by JOTUL to be of substantially equal quality JOTUL will repair or replace(including parts&labor),at its option,any of and price. the above components determined by JOTUL to be covered by this warranty. You must,at your own expense,arrange to deliver or ship the component to The dollar value of JOTUL's liability for breach of this warranty shall be an authorized JOtul,Scan,or Atra dealer and arrange for pickup or delivery limited exclusively to the cost of furnishing a replacement component. of the component after repairs have been made. If,upon inspection, JOTUL shall not in any event be liable for the cost of labor expended JOTUL determines that the component is covered by this warranty,the by others in connection with any defective component. Any costs or repair or replacement will be made as set forth above.This warranty is not expenses beyond those expressly assumed by JOTUL under the terms of transferable and is extended only to,and is solely for the benefit of,the this warranty shall be the sole responsibility of the owner(s)of the JOtul, original retail purchaser of the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace. Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace. This paragraph sets forth the sole remedy available under this warranty in No dealer,distributor,or other person is authorized to modify,augment, the event of any defect in the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace. or extend this limited warranty on behalf of JOTUL. NO MODIFICATION The warranty period for any replaced component will be the remaining OR CHANGE TO THIS WARRANTY WILL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS IT IS MADE unexpired portion of the warranty period for the original component. IN A WRITTEN DOCUMENT MANUALLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF JOTUL. Please retain your dated sales receipt in your records as proof of purchase. An authorized installer may have been provided with certain EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS information related particularly to the JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or NOTICE:This warranty is void if installation or service is performed by Fireplace;however,no authorized installer or other person who may someone other than an authorized installer,service agency or gas supplier, service the appliance is an agent of JOTUL. No inference should be made or if installation is not in conformance with the installation and operating that JOTUL has tested,certified,or otherwise pronounced any person as instructions contained in this owner's manual or local and/or national fire qualified to install or service the appliance. JOTUL shall not be liable or and building regulations. A listing of local authorized installers,service otherwise responsible for any error or omission by a person installing or agencies and gas suppliers can be obtained from the National Fireplace servicing a JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace. Institute at http://www.nficertified.org/. If you believe your JOtul,Scan,or Atra Gas Stove or Fireplace is defective, This warranty does not cover the following: you should contact your nearest authorized JOtul,Scan,or Atra i) Repair or replacement of parts that are subject to normal wear and tear dealer,who will process a warranty claim. IN ORDER TO QUALIFY FOR during the warranty period or to parts that may require replacement in WARRANTY COVERAGE,JOTUL MUST RECEIVE NOTICE OF A POSSIBLE connection with normal maintenance.These parts include gaskets and glass DEFECT WITHIN SIXTY(6o)DAYS OF THE DATE THE DEFECT IS FIRST (except to the extent such parts suffer damage from thermal stress). DISCOVERED,OR REASONABLY COULD HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED. 2) Damage due to incorrect installations not in conformance with the This warranty is given by JOtul North America,Inc.,RECEIVED installation instructions contained in this owner's manual or local and/or 55 Hutcherson Drive,Gorham,ajge„„p4g nUSA national fire and building regulations. 11�2U/II051�G/llZ""MMo1122(P}f� voaca mCLIKI w U 08/2§12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 138914 Rev.O 8/28/12 Your stove has a unique serial number stamped on the rating plate which is located in the valve compartment.Please record the serial number in the space below.You may also wish to attach your purchase receipt to this page for future reference. MODEL NAME: J4tul GF 37o DV Gas Stove SERIAL NUMBER: PURCHASE DATE: AUTHORIZED DEALER: ADDRESS PHONE: INSTALLER: .4•11 1 FUELTYPE: a rI COM FUEL CONVERSION: NO- YES NOTES: ------------------ -- -- -- RA 6a RECEIVED COMCLIKINICE 38 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR YOUR SAFETY, READ BEFORE LIGHTING. WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY,A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE,PERSONAL INJURY,OR LOSS OF LIFE. A. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. • If your gas supplier cannot be reached,call the Do not try to light the pilot by hand. fire department. B. BEFORE LIGHTING,smell all around the appli- C. Use only your hand to push in or turn the ance area for gas.Be sure to smell next to the gas control knob.Never use tools.If the knob floor because some gas is heavier than air and will not push in or turn by hand,do not try will settle to the floor. to repair it.Call a qualified technician.Force or attempted repair may result in a fire or WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: explosion. • Extinguish any open flame. • Open windows. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been • Do not light any appliance. under water.Immediately call a qualified ser- • Do not touch any electrical switches. vice technician to inspect the appliance and to • Do not use any phone in your building. replace any part of the control system and any • Immediately call your gas supplier from a gas control which has been under water. neighbor's phone. LIGHTINGrf_ cU.iTIONSTOP! Read the safety information above. Alir- 2. Set the thermostat to the lowest setting. 3. Set the Mode Control Switch to the"OFF"position. 7• Set the Mode Control Switch to the"REMOTE"posi tion. 4. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. Do not try to light the pilot by hand. -----�i� rkj` ON REMOTE OFF I I PRG .-,- • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 PILOT LIGHT ASSEMBLY 8. Set the thermostat to the desired setting to light REMOTE RECEIVER the burner. MODE CONTROL SWITCH If the appliance will not operate,follow the in- 5. Wait five(5)minutes to clear out any gas.Then, structions"To Turn Off Gas To Appliance",and call smell for gas,including near the floor.If you smell your service technician or gas supplier. gas,STOP!Follow"B"in the safety information above on this label.If you do not smell gas,go to the next step. 6. Set the Mode Control Switch to the"ON"position. The pilot will light. TO TURN OFF GAS TO THE APPLIANCE: 1. Set the thermostat to the lowest setting. 3. Set the Mode Control Switch to the"OFF"position. 2. Turn off all electrical power to the appliance if 4. Close control access door. service is to be performed. P► Vile C tE VED FORCOMCLIMACE 08/242022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT (:104:-1 ProBuilder 0 l 36 Clean Face FIREPLACE 0 " t� (MV/GSB2/GSR2) X T R Q R DI N ® Installation Manual R A WARNING: FIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD Failure to follow safety warnings exactly could result in serious injury, death, or property damage. - Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. - WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Leave the building immediately • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. - Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. Ff C-O-7"...L.,)cus Listed by HOT GLASS WILL CAUSE Omni-Test Laboratories, Inc. \ BURNS Report#0028GF115S ANSI Z21.88:19 -.. DO NOT TOUCH GLASS CSA 2.33:19 UNTIL COOLED CSA 2.17-2017 • Built-In Direct Vent NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN Fireplace TO TOUCH GLASS • Natural Gas or Propane A barrier designed to reduce the risk of burns from the hot viewing glass is provided with this appliance • Residential or Mobile Home and shall be installed for the protection of children and other at-risk individuals. This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket, permanently located, manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home, where not prohibited by local codes. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. A conversion kit is supplied with the appliance. INSTALLER: Leave this manual with the appliance. French language manuals at fireplacex.com CONSUMER: Retain this manual for future reference. Manuels de langue Frangaise a fireplacex.com Travis Industries, Inc. 12521 Harbour Reach Dr., Mukilteo, WA 98275 1 .travisproducts.com © Copyright 2018, T.I. $10.00 10/15/21 i./05,2 22 100-01488 RACOMCLIMIJNICE 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 2 Introduction Overview This manual details the installation requirements for the 36 CF ProBuilder fireplace. For operating and maintenance instructions, refer to the 36 CF ProBuilder fireplace Owner's Manual. Massachusetts Approval NATIONAL We suggest that our gas FIREPLACE This manual has been submitted to the Massachusetts Board INSTITUTE hearth products be installed of State Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters NFI and serviced by profes- National Fireplace Institute sionals who are certified in the U.S. by the National See NFI information to the right. Fireplace Institute° (NFI) as CERTIFIED NFI Gas Specialists. www.nficertified.org J Listing Details This appliance was listed by Omni Test Labs to ANSI Z21.88:19. The listing label is attached to the appliance near the gas control valve. A copy of each version is shown below. EEC cj n EEi 7 u =54 v' c as =a oc w 2 u' w o "c at., C O. °E . d a - a C C mo 30 ���� c o oAa" c - co ` 2 oY _ a 8ro ci ci 3 E i i rry J2+, a 82 Li ci 3 c L r rr —= 3v ai: = '- Co ei: �, = ` 3 d £ ■.�m 'o yr d ,i ■ v H o c c 'o - oow .c >� a of _ c 7. o r.■a..o t > = o•oo "mx .E :- f�xn it H E w ¢ a dio mx c - >■x'ab" H co "'E t oI 5 o = o ■■'a y g o z N u E `o E 2 F■^� " m m - : w >+ - g" o z' C .o C) c is c O z¢« a`o` 9 'T' o L ^ Ci E mi N e," o r' c m '-`v8 g rEG o o _ g 7 A g '-'u� O aqc i CO -. 10 -wii Ea " -w LL O _ Ea " y ` � g sg S u 3-v", E E c o w N p, u 5,26 3�� E E t c .L. w Q mmm i g3 a o - O(a m'u�-im Eii .. - m Oy > Ew z d m '�'�_ « a, w " rn U ''a LL ci o c� = E U.1 fro a j w '°EE LL c7 o _ � s E V como i o w ism m = E E EEE " w c. 8 S O E EE N u 8 E EEE z a Z'E - E ❑❑❑ (y- E E E E E w a Z'E w _ E ❑❑❑ mu 1- E ea 2•- _� .".E ao r i c .. �.Q'r c - duc Qo " o iti d Q0wN oop_ ,,2r 5Vu 2 . 13,£ arcrn E z csrA o<r tg m 'j1 a' ca cc c g� > o `�� =`o £ E o ❑❑❑ O— '"i LL >.N.o EE - .8m'., - E e ❑❑❑ . O E zE c > >' .E A !>6 -� How >>m' �. c- iI1 . .2 -� �o` ��yN n - 1 i11 . •.2 3LL = mmEQ _ a ❑❑❑ O o� 3LL .mmE .. a ❑❑❑ O� ¢o c FO�o . °' i F�'.�a .0 Io'� GrLL mO�� m " _ LL �•7 'Q aoo - JNN goy E ' LED o:� amo �� ..,..Nat .Eg ' ❑❑❑ v c� �`g" v= vd •= ill dom oou Is' 0ma' o -og v s1i mOw gm* wa ¢12oo Ao,g-0 O❑O '' c.71 gLL� =x �aoo udrwo O❑❑ '' R o . 55 m-^'." E a7 E d$� c 55LL m m-'aca, i a1 E L.3m mE _6LL0) -�8$m vs E U.Cm mE na`a �oii2'n i.. E MT co c d3= c N3= a o4 o.aU `. TEc o ucmu �38 OO Gf d 1Oix°' E•11! m 5 m cwi,wa Zoim OON y`g ."m az a'4 - •2. .' = ESL_ ``c, E ,o`_m o9Z @e ''Ec j zaV-- - ESL Peis Se, io Et.- 2 2,? , -I« IV • O " za 3'n >4 Ede o " ^"� t E C O alM,15a 3� O'vox ao H O-0 30, =U'"I` 2 g�E>'. 0�02 ao` w O'a ES oN,q= s uE , ._ ag,5 m in an tco 3a'<d- Lz %E'= .- c�i a m t0 I R -8 �g mr '-°om zea E _ c-2 " og Hg EC It! _ =>o`na E - Cf 2 � ' fcaa= 0- S.'n A qo= tw C ^ �c.�zdaa a Tm c"rn =O'C c'c c.- a' L_ N. coca - c1- Emd -= L_ N ofO "o �� =o� o G O <- coa m -o� wm'o VO 31 a=.g= o>. Ead 3E2 V� eaoc c� 2 g • Ya. " cv.E 'E 'A c N 5 (7 u`o E9'a C w m 3 u!n y O v m V ....1 :E -«ob,`m �▪ '" ooa z .� oo`" c ` �E mpa •�' y o cv �"o E°"` c H a s c - E o c.a g E .L.5 3 m 8_- o a'- 10 N.2 x c ui c c c c` =E o m A z - o :a5 42 C, t u 3�pN x m�_- d5 >gg Zcc Q_•c m .So go:32�-e mg-g �8 >ON o .2Ec •C g 2E= C." 217,2 .2.2 Fu0c_ Sr.,' 070 = gel' qv s Es`n 2•.o - 'c o QO�.aa 3E9 1077 U -- a om.-xSo cE'' " oS _?- o -'- u. o q iL7 om.- c- u@ 5E 1 m o s - `c y pr— " " m= min wF w rT U _ " E- c min w o' 2 w C 'o _ 13 o: 753 "2 3 o E."�S • 13 ui iu O c co>a.- a c`. Aga,- `o E`u£ '-ai v O c M o o Q !m "zo g« — u.� , wig m u€" 2 L Mcv $-c OQ m a'0 c.. - u. m wzz ` °_'E m N N�� ' .O g` mo`-«� aimH- ZZV1 `OF vc- `� Ga o0 5rn ..2, . om _ Pit 'ao« t„ c�vc �' O c._ O C1� 5a c� " � z0 Ili � dp -III" jm 9zu mE A do"� ; to�, DI .ON it Flint�� tom" !« P`ov - yy t, ».1 r`ou�A=.a_ y JS�� " do rm „ " ; ?A ogxa vz-"" ' = >g V E.�0 accr .5(9 off MN �$Nd o £Ed A q xav v€ O u c 30co:4,8 o ay .9g -�"t".cv:� E .wv g m O 2 5 W ._ vg - = la: g p_ ` 0 , �m A'Y,_= .g tm �o a~ vog - - a >= c7:4 aLLg .=u No' 3cgm o �N£ E ._€ cm— O` $_eiu avg 9LLg' �o ;c'o'« o Oi£ E CN-O aq =zmS>;:m mi=A"o'« a. m c« O >,. Q 3> QA =z mo=5=2E N�mm u a 0+a,m -«� O c�.c '«"aM cm�� "« v-'1�o mwcE `m_ O. t1 oat s ,� c ..:_ ..-otsc wW u'E _L.� ci.o0 "� SY>.L g bg Ng=-' . ^ c -9cE a,& „o oa,0 g bg m?m - YR m _«"T,gGNs fp.g ..E.E.3 Le Yom RUm gt d cxo Z YC w $«"'rogcNET.,li>' TN 79 cm.Um''. cz.o O cod nELLm C) "T y $ m co�=" HELL" �— Y `^7gg Ea Ea, ▪c`'-" m..-E2g mu2£3d ogq fi\la = 'ry' Iv Ezd_E'-rLL�'� mia'n �t mi ao'� t 3i8 iw._ mcaz w�" ca`o �o'zzv ``, amo t e I g mom._ ca'4 "ad gcoao '`°o'zaY Ec am J to o1 =c3.a tN'«m 2_c a m Ec0: R"c7 'm \� J°a og m�AOLLui a'«. as E>'aw> T,Ot'g m ax3`c�z .7,. nva`" cmo7o. x2 c =.2, m �m nm n>,nw c'C cma a�E io` o'c°.`" n nv c wa'E<F g'c_o_ ca=E2 »aE > o,r> '.a Q y m_awa ">om m > ''I'sa s17.9 oru._ ._ egg x~i,'�'a m ". mo.v9 "ma' " " H EIVE� �_ imc`�'i�E�m�3Y�._ 'oi�Ym aim_m `o m" U O �m'c`i-'i�E�m�E��._3g�=rm� n WOWED� e-� It 12/05/2022 ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36-WFAW 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Table of Contents 3 Vent Configuration: Horizontal Termination with Overview 2 Vertical Rise 29 Massachusetts Approval 2 Masonry Chimney Conversions 30 National Fireplace Institute 2 Class A Chimney Conversion 31 Listing Details 2 Termination Requirements 32 Installation Options 6 Hearth Requirements 33 Heating Specifications 6 Vinyl Flooring Hearth Requirements 34 Dimensions 6 Facing Requirements 35 Packing List 7 Mantel Requirements 41 Additional Items Required 7 Mantel Column Clearances 41 Recommended Installation Procedure 7 Use of a Non-Combustible Mantel Below Listed Optional Equipment Installation 7 Mantel Clearances 42 Massachusetts Requirements 8 Finalizing the Installation 43 Requirements for the Commonwealth of Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer(MV units) 47 Massachusetts 8 Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer(GSB &GSR MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS 8 units) 48 Fireplace Placement Requirements 9 Shipping Retaining Nut Removal 52 Clearances 9 Log Set Installation 53 Raised Fireplaces 9 Ember bed Glass and Ember Material Minimum Framing Dimensions 10 Installation (GSR2 ONLY) 59 Min. Framing-Without CoolSmart TV kit 10 LP Conversion Instructions 61 Min Framing-With CoolSmart TV Kit 10 Wall Mount Remote Thermostat installation Minimum Vent "Bump Out" application 11 (GSB2 and MV Units Only) 65 Nailing Brackets 12 Wiring Diagram- MV Version 67 Standard vs. Extended Position 13 Wiring Diagram-GSB2 Version 68 Header and Pipe Shield Installation 14 Wiring Diagram-GSR2 Version 69 Corner Installations 17 CoolSmart TV- Installation Overview (Optional)..70 Televisions Placed Above the Fireplace 18 CoolSmart TV- Installation Requirements 71 Outdoor fireplace installations 19 CoolSmart TV- Framing the Chase 72 Gas Line Requirements 20 CoolSmart TV- Fireplace Preparation 73 Using oval pipe to get past an obstruction 75 Fuel 20 CoolSmart TV-Reduced Mantel Height 75 Gas Line Connection 20 Gas Inlet Pressure 20 Gas Line Location 21 Electrical Connection 22 Optional Wall Switch or Thermostat Installation (MV and GSB2 Versions Only) 23 Parallel Connection Series Connection 23 Vent Requirements 24 Vent Clearances 24 Vent Firestop or Thimble 24 Altitude Considerations 24 Approved Termination 24 Approved Vent 24 Vent Installation 25 Exhaust Restrictor Position 25 Diffuser 26 Vent Configurations 27 Minimum Vent Configuration 27 RECEIVED Vent Configuration: Vertical Termination 28 pJEV� R C V 11 12/05/2022 POEC MOPIONCE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36 CF Insfal$/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 4 Safet Precautions Safety Warnings • Failure to follow all of the requirements may result in property damage, bodily injury, or even death. Young children should be carefully supervised when they are in the same room as the appliance. Toddlers, young children and others may be susceptible to accidental contact burns. A physical barrier is recommended if there are at risk individuals in the house. To restrict access to a fireplace or stove, install an adjustable safety gate to keep toddlers, young children and other at risk individuals out of the room and away from hot surfaces. Children and adults should be alerted to the hazards of high surface temperature and should stay away to avoid burns or clothing ignition. Do not touch the hot surfaces of the heater. Educate all children of the danger of a high-temperature heater. Due to the high temperature, the heater should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. • This unit must be installed by a qualified installer to prevent the possibility of an explosion. • This appliance must be installed in accordance with all local codes, if any; if not, in U.S.A. follow ANSI Z223.1 and NFPA 54(88), in Canada follow CSA B149.1. • A manufactured home (USA only)or mobile home OEM installation must conform with the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280, or, when such a standard is not applicable, the Standard for Manufactured Home Installations, ANSI/NCSBCS A225.1, or Standard for Gas Equipped Recreational Vehicles and Mobile Housing, CSA Z240.4. This appliance may be installed in Manufactured Housing only after the home is site located. • All exhaust gases must be vented outside the structure of the living-area. Combustion air is drawn from outside the living-area structure. The venting must not be connected to a chimney flue serving a separate solid-fuel burning appliance. • Notify your insurance company before hooking up this fireplace. • The instructions in this manual must be strictly adhered to. Do not use makeshift methods or compromise in the installation. Improper installation will void the warranty and safety listing. • This heater is approved for use with natural gas (NG)or propane (LP). Burning the incorrect fuel will void the warranty and safety listing and may cause an extreme safety hazard. Direct questions about the type of fuel used to your dealer. • Contact your local building officials to obtain a permit and information on any installation restrictions or inspection requirements in your area. • If the flame becomes sooty, dark orange in color, or extremely tall, do not operate the heater. Call your dealer and arrange for proper servicing. • It is imperative that control compartments, screens, or circulating air passageways of the heater be kept clean and free of obstructions. These areas provide the air necessary for safe operation. • Do not operate the heater if it is not operating properly in any fashion or if you are uncertain. Call your dealer for a full explanation of your heater and what to expect. • Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable liquids in the vicinity of this heater. • Do not operate if any portion of the heater was submerged in water or if any corrosion occurs. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. �M OE RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 pg3(PRFAR4342 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Safet Precautions 5 Safety Warnings (continued) • Because this heater can be controlled by a thermostat there is a possibility of the heater turning on and igniting any items placed on or near the appliance. • Light the heater using the built-in igniter. Do not use matches or any other external device to light your heater. • Never remove, replace, modify or substitute any part of the heater unless instructions are given in this manual. All other work must be done by a trained technician. Don't modify or replace orifices. • The viewing glass should be opened only for conducting service (or lighting the pilot on millivolt units). Suggestions on how to limit the need to restart the pilot during the heating season can be found on page 47. • Allow the heater to cool before carrying out any maintenance or cleaning. • Operate the heater according to the instructions included in this manual. • If the main burners do not start correctly turn the gas off and call your dealer for service. • This unit is not for use with solid fuel. • Do not place anything inside the firebox(except the optional artwork). • Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. • Do not throw this manual away. This manual has important operating and maintenance instructions that you will need at a later time. Always follow the instructions in this manual. • Instruct everyone in the house how to shut gas off to the appliance and at the gas main shutoff valve. The gas main shutoff valve is usually next to the gas meter or propane tank and requires a wrench to shut off. • A barrier designed to reduce the risk of burns from the hot viewing glass is provided with this appliance and shall be installed for the protection of children and other at-risk individuals. • If the barrier becomes damaged, the barrier shall be replaced with the manufacturer's barrier for this appliance. • Clothing or other flammable material should not be placed on or near the appliance. • Any safety screen, guard, or barrier removed for servicing an appliance must be replaced prior to operating the appliance. • Installation and repair should be done by a qualified service person. The appliance should be inspected before use and at least annually by a professional service person. More frequent cleaning might be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, bedding material, et cetera. It is imperative that control compartments, burners, and circulating air passageways of the appliance be kept clean. • Travis Industries, Inc. grants no warranty, implied or stated, for the installation or maintenance of your heater, and assumes no responsibility of any consequential damage(s). Proposition 65 Warning: Fuels used in gas,woodburning or oil fired appliances, and the products of combustion of such fuels, contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. California Health&Safety Code Sec. 25249.6 Travis Gas Fireplaces. Stoves and Inserts are protected by one or more of the following patents; U.S. 8,469,021, 7,066,170, 6,602,068, 6,443,726, 6,953,037;Canada 2755517 as well as other U.S. and Foreign Patents pending. TA T5EVENED RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3O( I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 6 Features and Specifications Installation Options • Residential or Mobile Home • Internal or External Chase • Straight or Corner Placement • Bedroom Approved • Raised or Floor Placement Heating Specifications Natural Gas Propane 36 CF Approximate Heating Capacity (in square feet)* Up to 1,150 Up to 1,150 ProBuilder Maximum BTU Input Per Hour 25,000 24,000 * Heating capacity will vary with floor plan, insulation, and outside temperature. Dimensions 170 lbs.77 Kg. 24-1/2"**� (623mmm) 4� n q . * 9\`stir 36 e J V2' Screen `street` Frame Height 41' 32-7/8" (1042mm) I (836mm) 1 118" (42m I, 37-1/2" s (953mm) ioro 4 111. 110 - II 14.--- 1"(26mm) 35" 0 -' 1/16"(1.6mm) (889mm) 1* Bottom of optional Il lower trim to base of fireplace 3„ (Optional Accessory) (77mm 0 15-1/4"* 36 5/8"* a4ea� FL`9rt (388mm)* (931mm)* e. 0/\ F c`c� e a�hn7 ie 18-1/4"(464mm)* ej 5-3/4" 1-1'. ^ (147mm)* �� . E h� 9-1/2" (242mm) i o reve� RECEIVED *Dimensions Include the standoffs 12/05/2022 RCACMcuINruFwE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 pg3ORFARA42 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 7 Packing List • LP (Propane) Conversion Kit: Rear Burner Orifice (#57), Front Burner Orifice (#63), Pilot Orifice (0.14 LP), LP Regulator • Thimble (2-Piece Assembly) • Pipe Shield ry, • Header Shield • The GSB2 and MV versions include a log set. • Wall Switch, Cover Plate, and Wire (GSB2 and MV only) • Remote (GSR2 only) Additional Items Required • The GSR2 version of this fireplaces requires a log set (Oak = 94500626, Birch = 94500624) • Gas Line Equipment (shutoff valve, pipe, etc.) • Electrical Equipment(min. 14 gauge, grounded line) Recommended Installation Procedure • Frame the opening for the fireplace. Make sure to allow for vent installation. • Install the vent, gas line and electrical hook-up. • Install the drywall. • Install the hearth (if applicable). • Install the facing (if applicable). • Install the mantel (if applicable). • Finalize the installation (see page 41). Optional Equipment Installation • Before placing fireplace, install optional Ember-Glo lights (leave ember glass out), blower, then remote. • If using Propane, convert the appliance. • Install fireplace. • If using optional firebacks, install them. • Install ember glass (if used). • Install logs, ember chunks, and rockwool. RECEIVED oViIUJfg 05/2022 RCACMCUWUNICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 8 Installation (for qualified installers only) Massachusetts Requirements NOTE:The following requirements reference various Massachusetts and national codes not contained in this document. Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts For all side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in every dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes, including those owned or operated by the Commonwealth and where the side wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven (7)feet above finished grade in the area of the venting, including but not limited to decks and porches,the following requirements shall be satisfied: Installation of Carbon Monoxide Detectors At the time of installation of the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment, the installing plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back-up is installed on the floor level where the gas equipment is to be installed. In addition,the installing plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a battery operated or hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm is installed on each additional level of the dwelling, building or structure served by the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to secure the services of qualified licensed professionals for the installation of hard wired carbon monoxide detectors. In the event that the side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment is installed in a crawl space or an attic,the hard wired carbon monoxide detector with alarm and battery back-up may be installed on the next adjacent floor level. In the event that the requirements of this subdivision cannot be met at the time of completion of installation, the owner shall have a period of thirty(30)days to comply with the above requirements; provided, however,that during said thirty(30)day period, a battery operated carbon monoxide detector with an alarm shall be installed. Approved Carbon Monoxide Detectors Each carbon monoxide detector as required in accordance with the above provisions shall comply with NFPA 720 and be ANSI/UL 2034 listed and IAS certified. Signage A metal or plastic identification plate shall be permanently mounted to the exterior of the building at a minimum height of eight (8)feet above grade directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for the horizontally vented gas fueled heating appliance or equipment.The sign shall read, in print size no less than one-half(1/2) inch in size, "GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS". Inspection The state or local gas inspector of the side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment shall not approve the installation unless, upon inspection, the inspector observes carbon monoxide detectors and signage installed in accordance with the provisions of 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a)1 through 4. Exemptions The following equipment is exempt from 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a)1 through 4: •The equipment listed in Chapter 10 entitled "Equipment Not Required To Be Vented" in the most current edition of NFPA 54 as adopted by the Board; and • Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in a room or structure separate from the dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS Gas Equipment Venting System Provided When the manufacturer of Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas equipment provides a venting system design or venting system components with the equipment, the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation of the equipment and the venting system shall include: • Detailed instructions for the installation of the venting system design or the venting system components; and •A complete parts list for the venting system design or venting system. Gas Equipment Venting System NOT Provided When the manufacturer of a Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment does not provide the parts for venting the flue gases, but identifies"special venting systems",the following requirements shall be satisfied by the manufacturer: •The referenced"special venting system"instructions shall be included with the appliance or equipment installation instructions; and •The"special venting systems"shall be Product Approved by the Board, and the instructions for that system shall include a parts list and detailed installation instructions. A copy of all installation instructions for all Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment, all venting instructions, all parts lists for venting instructions, and/or all venting design instructions shall remain with the appliance or equipment at the completion of the installation. See Gas Connection section for additional Commonwealth of Massachusetts requirements. EPEIVED M12/05/2022 J RORCMCUWUNICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364 1 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 9 Fireplace Placement Requirements • Fireplace must be installed on a level surface capable of supporting the fireplace and vent • Fireplace must be placed directly on wood or non-combustible surface (not on linoleum or carpet) • Fireplace should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and avoid burns. • Fireplace must be placed so the gaps below and above the glass frame do not become blocked. • Fireplace may be placed in a bedroom. Please be aware of the large amount of heat this appliance produces when determining a location. Clearances (a) Clearance to Side of Fireplace 1/2" (13mm). Do not place insulation in this space. NOTE: Drywall (or other combustible) may contact the first'/2" of the sides of the fireplace. (b) Clearance to Back of Fireplace 1/2" (13mm). Do not place insulation in this space. (c) When installed, walls in front of the fireplace must be a minimum 0" (0mm)to the side of the fireplace standoffs. 0 i � L CO ti 0 Raised Fireplaces • The fireplace (and hearth, if desired) may be placed on a platform designed to support the fireplace and vent. • The base of the fireplace must be a minimum 60" below the room ceiling. B 5 RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 10 Installation (for qualified installers only) Minimum Framing Dimensions Min. Framing - Without CoolSmart TV kit WARNING A When using a CoolSmart TV kit, see section: "CoolSmart TV - Framing the Chase" on page 72. Air 4IP IDB1113 Max. Header Depth 3" (77mm) Min. Enclosure Height 61-7/8" (1572mm) 41" (1042mm) 37-1/8" J/ (943mm) 15-3/4" (401 mm) The fireplace enclosure must be a minimum 61-7/8" (1572mm)tall. Do not build into the fireplace enclosure. Min Framing — With CoolSmart TV Kit • When using a CoolSmart TV kit, see section: "CoolSmart TV-Framin s the Cha ,i r v!1=t„,LU a 72 .t I r � the installation instructions included with the kit for minimum framing dimensions. 12,°5,2°22 ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/1464 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 11 Minimum Vent "Bump Out" application *The dimensions shown are minimum requirements for unvented soffits or roof surfaces. See"Termination Requirements" section for clearances to vented or vinyl soffits. • Min. I(280mm)* ��, Min.6" (153mm)* >-C 8"(204mm) Certain configurations Vent Centerline may require vertical vent j V sections(see"Vent Requirements"for details. I~ SIDE OF FIREPLACE Base of Fireplace PB36 CF LP & NG Installations 12" Vertical Vent Section (Min. Rise) ® Vent Approx. 53-1/2" (1359mm) Centerline ® FP Base to Roof Eave Approx. 67-1/2" (1715mm) � 5 � RECEIVED FOECMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 pg364F/a9/44 2 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 12 Installation (for qualified installers only) Nailing Brackets The fireplace has nailing brackets on both sides. Secure the fireplace to the framing with the nailing brackets. NOTE: Make sure the fireplace is square and plumb when placed in the framing. Measured corner-to-corner the fireplace should be square. Use shims to insure the fireplace is square. NOTE: The nailing brackets have two positions: standard and extended. See the section "Facing Requirements" for details on which position is best for your installation. 0 o 1, J 6° Rotate the two nailing �' o brackets out(each side) I Q Bend the two nailing o"oU o e�• brackets out(each side) �Il OSecure the fireplace to t°°o 0, the framing using the NOTE: 2 holes are provided on nailing brackets %oti each side of the fireplace if you wish to secure the base of the fireplace to the floor(platform). Standard Position Extended Position (nailing brackets as shown below) (rotate nailing brackets as shown below) o00 rilll °o ° °0 AI r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 13 Standard vs. Extended Position There are two positions that the standoff/heat shield assembly can be installed. The standoffs are shipped in the standard (forward) position. • If the unit is installed in the standard position no modification is needed. • If the unit is being installed in the extended position, the standoff/heat shield assembly must be repositioned back'/2" (see illustration below). NOTE: see pages 11 & 36.for additional details about standard vs. extended installations. • I Extended Position 4 \ * \ -"-------Standard Position 0. 0:°° i- �l oEV►� RECEIVED,u12/05/2022 RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 14 Installation (for qualified installers only) Header and Pipe Shield Installation The header and pipe shield must be installed as shown below. NOTE: The header and pipe shields may be installed after the fireplace is in place and vent attached (this allows for the fireplace to fit into the framing underneath the header and for the vent to be installed more easily). 1 At each of the perforations, bend the sides of the pipe shield backwards 90°as shown below. NOTE: The bottom flanges should be facing outward Tabs face out. Bend at perforations }1 2 Remove the (4)screws, (2)from each side of the starter collar. Line up the holes on the pipe shield tabs with the holes from the screws you just removed. Use the screws to attach the pipe shield to the top of the fireplace. Remove screws jf • 4,1 111001.. RECEIVED /- - 12/OS/2022 FOKCCMCLIMIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/1 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 15 3 The (2) header standoffs are screwed down flat to front edge of the top of the fireplace. On each standoff, remove the screw that is closest to the center of the fireplace (keep screw for reinstallation). Bend the legs at the perforations as shown below and attach the foot of the standoff to the top of the fireplace using the screw removed earlier in this step. ' ,. ._ \\ ' "... r Remove screw ' r - 1‘._ _..... N�.e6,- . N 111.1i Pr t i wit It ' 1111 #20\ 7 r_ , i ......., . i , i , , , _ . , , 1 ` . , _.„ „. ...... 4.1" ......--- _...- A r5/2022 D RECEIVED RCACMCUINVIIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 16 Installation (for qualified installers only) 4 On the header shield, bend the two tabs downward approximately 90 degrees. Set the header shield onto the standoffs with the 90°bend facing the pipe shield. The tips of the standoffs will protrude through the heat shield. Attach the heat shield to the standoffs by aligning the holes on the heat shield tabs with the holes in the header standoffs and secure using the included screws 1 uk Bend tabs I-7 IWO - down 90° It1111111.1 • • milli •/: E 4 o Align holes 5 When finished the fireplace should be configured like the picture below. 0° /• 1 50 IN1/ TbA ,„, f !l 0 0 1 , r2/05/20262 RECEIVED FOKCCMCLINNICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 17 Corner Installations A typical 45° installation uses the framing dimensions shown in the illustration below (NOTE: all clearances still apply). 36 CF PB (a) Corner to Wall (minimum) 38-1/2" 978mm (b) Corner to Center of Flue (typical) 13" 331 mm Minimum 1/2" (13mm)Clearance A .• • • • • • • ® ` • •• • .• S. • • • © \ \ • sole' When venting horizontally in a �� corner application, one side of the pipe shield may be / disconnected from the top of the • fireplace and bent at a 45° angle. B 5 RECEIVED FORCOOEC MIVIIEi ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 18 Installation (for qualified installers only) Televisions Placed Above the Fireplace The following section gives guidelines to place a television above the fireplace. IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING TELEVISIONS AND THIS FIREPLACE Most television manufacturers instruct the homeowner not to place the television above a heat source like this fireplace. Doing so may decrease the longevity of the television and negate the warranty. If you do place a television above the fireplace, you should place a mantel (or build-out) between the fireplace and television (or use a CoolSmart TV Wall TM kit). Follow the guidelines below to reduce the amount of heat reaching the television. Travis Industries does not take responsibility for any negative impact to televisions placed near this fireplace. Min.1"(26mm)Air Gap Behind TV Television(TV) Min.1"(26mm) j Min.1"(152mm) Min.2"(51mm) Optional Column or Build-Out (b)Depth c,o� F�F�F� F F6 FFFef �c F h 0 (a) h 0 ^ Q> 6 Height 47 (1194mm) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ Fireplace Above 46"(116-mm, :::::::::::: Base of 45"(1143mm) ■■■■■■■■■.',44"(1118mm) ■■■■■■■■,- Fireplace 43"(1093mm) MMIm j Minimum Dimensions: (a)Minimum Mantel Height above Base of Fireplace* 43-1/2" (1106mm)with 8"(203mm) mantel depth* (b) Mantel Depth* Minimum 8" (203mm)* (c)Optional Columns (or Build-Out) Must Meet Side Wall Clearances (Measured to the side of fireplace ZC-can) *Minimum mantel depth must be 8"to allow heat to dissipate. If using a mantel larger than 8", make sure to adjust the mantel height(a)to meet the mantel clearance(see mantel requirements and/or chart above). • The mantel must extend 2" in front of the television and 1"to both sides. • If you have a television that is greater than 6"deep(including the 1"gap behind),you will need to alter the mantel depth and height(see the example below). • The television must have a 1"gap to the wall to allow for proper cooling. Any build-out near the television must maintain a 3"gap to the top and sides to prevent heat from being trapped near the television. EXAMPLE: If you have a television that is 9"deep(including the 1"gap behind),the mantel must be 11". The mantel height would need to be 44.5" (1156mm)above the base of the fireplace. WIRING NOTE: If running wiring into the enclosure, you may wish to use thermal insulating wrap around thei rtga SOcy 6 the wiring to protect from contact with hot surfaces. Ip}IVY nl f _ . Ii i12/05/2022 RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36-kkeFAW2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 19 Outdoor fireplace installations Travis Industries Inc. gas-fired fireplaces are suitable for installation into outdoor areas protected from direct water impingement. In addition to maintaining listed mantel and combustibles clearances, a rain protection overhang factor of 1/2 shall be constructed to the front and to each side of installed appliances (see the illustration to the right). All wiring connections to line power shall be in accordance with outdoor requirements of NECA NFPA 70. Warnings Regarding Tempered Glass This fireplace uses tempered glass which is susceptible to thermal shock. Take care to B prevent water from contacting the fireplace, A especially if it is hot. Side of Fireplace The overhang (A) must extend at least 1/2 the roofline height (B). Height is measured from the base of the fireplace. For example: if the rooline (B) is 8' above the base of the fireplace, the overhang (A) must be at least 4'. « a RECEIVED 2/05/20262 FOKCCMCLINNICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3AfIF/l ( 2 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 20 Installation (for qualified installers only) Gas Line Requirements MASSACHUSETTS INSTALLATIONS-WARNING: THIS PRODUCT MUST BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED PLUMBER OR GAS FITTER WHEN INSTALLED WITHIN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. OTHER MASSACHUSETTS CODE REQUIREMENTS: • Flexible connector must not be longer than 36 inches. • Shutoff valve must be a"T" handle gas cock. • Only direct vent sealed combustion products are approved for bedrooms or bathrooms. • Fireplace dampers must be removed or welded in the open position prior to the installation of a fireplace insert or gas log. • A carbon monoxide(CO)detector is required in the same room as the appliance. • The gas line must be installed in accordance with all local codes and the requirements listed below. In the absence of local codes, follow ANSI 223.1 in US/Canada or AS/NZS 5601.1 in Australia. • The fireplace and gas control valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psig (3.5 kPA). For pressures under 1/2 psig (3.5 kPA), isolate the gas supply piping by closing the manual shutoff valve. • Leak test all gas line joints and the gas control valve prior to and after starting the fireplace. • This unit has been listed using the included internal gas shutoff valve. Fuel • This fireplace is designed either for natural gas or for propane (but not for both). Gas Line Connection • Installation must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier(In Massachusetts a licensed plumber/gasfitter). • The gas inlet accepts 1/2" MPT. Gas Inlet Pressure Gas Pressure Max. Input Pressure Min. Input Pressure Max. Manifold Pressure Min. Manifold Pressure Natural Gas 7"W.C. (1.74 kPA) 5.5"W.C. (1.37 kPA) 3.8"W.C. (0.95 kPA) 1.1"W.C. (0.27 kPA) Propane 13"W.C. (3.23 kPA) 11"W.C. (2.74 kPA) 11"W.C. (2.74 kPA) 2.9"W.C. (0.72 kPA) • If the pressure is not sufficient, make sure the piping used is large enough, the supply regulator is adequately adjusted, and the total gas load for the residence does not exceed the amount supplied. • The supply regulator(the regulator that attaches directly to the residence inlet or to the propane tank) should supply gas at the suggested input pressure listed above. Contact the local gas supplier if the regulator is at an improper pressure. MV Version Directions for Connecting a Gas Pressure Test Gauge Output Port The gas control valve(shown to the right)has two test ports for testing input z (line pressure)and output(manifold)pressure. Loosen the brass screw on either test port and place a 5/16"i.d.rubber or plastic tube over the tapered test Q port. Connect the tube to the test gauge. 0 WARNING: The brass screw must be tightened after testing to prevent gas leakage. Input Port GSB2/GSR2 Directions for Connecting a Gas Pressure Test Gauge output Port Version The gas control valve(shown to the right)has two test ports for testing input(line z T' c Ai pressure)and output(manifold)pressure. Loosen the brass screw on either test port cn _ T . A and place a 5/16"i.d.rubber or plastic tube over the tapered test port. Connect the - i:,�r tube to the test gauge. , �__ WARNING: The brass screw must be tightened after testing to prevent gas leakage. I EI 'ED 12/05/2022 RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3&4 I 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 21 Gas Line Location NOTE FOR RIGID PIPE: When using rigid pipe, you may wish to disconnect the shutoff valve from the fireplace and route the pipe through the fireplace wall. First, disconnect the gas line from the shutoff valve. Disconnect the shutoff valve from the cover plate (4 screws outside fireplace). The pipe may be routed through the cover plate and the shutoff valve and gas line may be re-attached inside the fireplace. • Gas line must be plumbed to the left side. See illustration and table below to determine gas line location. • Fireplace accepts 1/2"MPT fitting. a b Left Side Gas Pass-Through Location 7" (178mm) 1-3/4"(45mm) 000 ® OQo 0 r 5 p RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 22 Installation (for qualified installers only) Electrical Connection • The electrical line to the grounded receptacle inside the fireplace must be installed by a qualified installer and must meet all local codes. • Make sure the household breaker is shut off prior to working on any electrical lines. • The appliance, when installed, must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, or the Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1. • The electrical line must be a min. 14 gauge, and supply 120 Volts, 60 Hz(typical max amps: 5). • Route the electrical connection through the junction box cover plate and attach to the hookup wires pictured below. Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. A Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or wiring system of this fireplace. a Electrical Junction Box Location 7"(178mm) 1-3/4"(45mm) II p / I® 0 0 0 0 • • 0. • i� CI ' r 5 agEj RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 23 Optional Wall Switch or Thermostat Installation (MV and GSB2 Versions Only) ADo not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or wiring system of this fireplace. The switch and wiring must be installed by a qualified installer. This fireplace includes an optional wall switch (with wire)to OPTIONAL WALL SWITCH operate the fireplace burner without accessing the internal (included with fireplace) 0,1, on/off switch. A thermostat may be used instead. Route the wire from inside the fireplace,through the grommet \ ®o on either side of the fireplace(see illustration to the right)to 0 o.o the switch. The wall switch (or thermostat) may bypass the fireplace on/off switch or be installed inparallel or series Place"WARNING" o® p label on switch cover. configuration (see below). 1\ Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when e servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Warning: Make sure all wiring is secure and does not / contact hot or moving components. I /*,1;4, 01 0 ottyi Parallel Connection Series Connection On/Off Switch On/Off Switch On/Off Switch On/Off Switch ON OFF ON OFF Thermostat/External ; Heater is ON I Heater is ON Thermostat/ I Heater is ON Heater is OFF Switch ON External Switch ON 1 Thermostat/External I Heater is ON Heater is OFF Thermostat/ Heater is OFF Heater is OFF Switch OFF External Switch OFF To wire the heater in parallel, follow the directions below: To wire the heater in series,follow the directions below: 0 ® O On/Off Switch On/Off Switch lik$ II . i . AIN 1E5 % Thermostat (or External Switch)Wires Thermostat (or External Switch)Wires O O O �a wo %1‘ k a RECEIVED / MACAWLAMACE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 24 Installation (for qualified installers only) Vent Requirements • The gas appliance and vent system must be vented directly to the outside of the building, and never be attached to a chimney serving a separate solid fuel or gas-burning appliance. Each direct vent gas appliance must use its own separate vent system. • In addition to the requirements listed here, follow the requirements provided with the vent. Drafting Performance This direct vent appliance requires natural draft to operate (similar to a wood stove or other heating appliance). Draft can be adjusted using the included restrictor. The restrictor settings detailed in the manual should be followed (variations may occur depending upon installation parameters). Many factors may negatively influence the draft of the appliance. Travis Industries will not be responsible for improper draft due to factors such as trees, hills, buildings, obstructions, excessive wind, extreme hot or cold outdoor temperatures, restrictive vent terminations, or influence from mechanical systems. Vent Clearances • The vent must maintain the required clearance to combustible materials to prevent a fire. Do not fill air spaces with insulation. Minimum Vent Configurations (see page 27) Minimum Clearance Above Vent 1" (26mm) Minimum Clearance to Sides & Below Vent 1" (26mm) NOTE: Make sure to use the included wall thimble with this configuration. All Other Vent Configurations Minimum Clearance to Vent 1" (26mm) Vent Firestop or Thimble • A firestop or thimble is required whenever the vent penetrates a wall, floor, or ceiling (passes through framing members). See vent charts on page 27 and 29 for details Altitude Considerations • This heater complies with CSA 2.17-2017 "Gas-Fired appliances for use at high altitudes". This heater has been tested at altitudes ranging from sea level to 4,800 feet(1370 M). In this testing we have found that the heater, with its standard orifice, burns correctly with just an air shutter adjustment. • Failure to adjust the air shutter properly may lead to improper combustion which can create a safety hazard. Consult your dealer or installer if you suspect an improperly adjusted air shutter. Approved Termination • Always use the high-wind cap (part#46DVA-HC, 58DVA-HC, 46DVA-VCH, or 58DVA-VCH). The high-wind sconce cap is not allowed. Approved Vent • Installation instructions for Simpson Dura-Vent may be found at www.duravent.com. Minimum Vent Configurations (see page 27) Use 8" diameter Simpson Dura-Vent Model Direct-Vent Pro (or GS)*. All Other Vent Configurations Use 8" or 6-5/8"diameter Simpson Dura-Vent Model Direct-Vent Pro (or GS)* (see vent configuration for details). * Other vent may be approved with this fireplace. Check with the vent manufacturer for details). 5 EVENED RECEIVED It CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/I 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 25 Vent Installation • Slide the vent sections together and turn 1/4 turn until the sections lock in place. • Screws are not required to secure the vent. However, three screws may be used to secure vent sections together if desired. • High temperature sealant is recommended at the appliance starter section connection (use high-temperature silicone or Mill-Pac®). • If disassembly is required, at time of re-assembly check to see if the vent creates a tight fit. If it does not, apply high temperature sealant to the joints of the affected sections. • Horizontal sections require a 1/4" (6mm) rise every 12" (305mm) of travel. • Horizontal sections require non-combustible support every three feet (e.g.: plumbing strap). • Vent termination must not be located where it can become plugged by snow or other material. • Use the vinyl siding standoff when installing on a structure with vinyl siding. • Venting termination shall not be recessed into a wall or siding. Exhaust Restrictor Position • An exhaust restrictor is built into the appliance to adjust the flow rate of exhaust gases. Depending upon the vent configuration, you may be required to adjust the restrictor position. The charts for vent configurations detail the correct restrictor position. Firebox Roof atif Loosen these 2 screws on I T the exhaust restrictor. Back W x I '. Slide the restrictor to the correct restrictor position(see the illustration ii below). Screw location indicates restrictor position. In this example,the i .II restrictor is set in position#3. Tighten the screws to secure the restrictor. il #1 (open-stock position) #3 #5 Back of Firebox TL5D RECEIVED /2022 CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 26 Installation (for qualified installers only) Diffuser • A diffuser is built into the appliance to adjust the flow rate of exhaust gases. Depending upon the vent configuration, you may be required to adjust the diffuser to the open position (see illustration below). The charts for vent configurations detail the correct diffuser position. Remove the diffuser. ( Dil 1/4" Nutdriver m 4, ll A Bend the round portion of the 0'__ diffuser so it is flat(open). DIFFUSER SIDE VIEW ' '.• 1#�� _,� Secure the flattened \I Before(Closed-Stock) — diffuser plate with the screws removed earlier. After(Open) LI 5 � RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/14642022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 27 Vent Configurations Minimum Vent Configuration • Use 5x8" Diameter Coaxial Vent • NOTE: Use the included thimble assembly whenever passing through a wall. (use on front and back of wall penetration). See picture below. • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. • One (30° or 45°) elbow may be used on the horizontal run. • HINT: Use minimum vent kit"H" (96200332)from Travis Industries (additional vent may be required). Exhaust Restrictor# 1 (stock) Diffuser Closed (stock) 1' Section Place Directly on Fireplace (required) Max. 15' (4.5M) Horizontal Section(s) /A� I IN VB_ _ I� 3 feet (0.915m) — .r_I[ Approx. 53-1/2" 1359mm 0 feet — I I I I I 10 co 1n m m 10 Use the included wall thimble when penetrating a wall. Part#96200101 441Pri e r 5 n RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3O( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 28 Installation (for qualified installers only) Vent Configuration: Vertical Termination • Use 4x6-5/8" Diameter Coaxial Vent. Connect a 8" to 6-5/8" reducer directly to the fireplace (sku 98900165). • NOTE: The included thimble assembly is not required and may be discarded. • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. • Up to four elbows (30°, 45°, 60° or 90°) may be used. Only one horizontal elbow may be used. E N N N E E E E 7) 15E IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Ill IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Ill IIII 40'(12m)max— —40'(12m)max — 7 35 feet(10.5m)— —35 feet(10.5m) 30 feet(9m) 30 feet(9m) Exhaust Restrictor#4 — Diffuser Open _ 25 feet(7.5m)_ —25 feet(7.5m) E1 20 feet(6m)— -- - -- —20 feet(6m) �j/l/l% Exhaust Restrictor#3 �: l/l/l/l Diffuser Open Exhaust Restrictor#2 /// � � P 15 feet(4.5m) / 15 feet(4.5m) Diffuser Open l l l l/ 10 feet(3m) =10 feet(3m) 5 feet(1.5m)— — 5 feet(1.5m) Attach reducer directly to the fireplace. Ofeet— TiI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllI-0feet 4-1' N E E n N E E L.E N E _o _ — E H2 This is considered a Horizontal length is calculated by horizontal elbow(it doesn't adding both lengths of horizontal run matter whether it turns right (Horizontal Length = HI + H2). or left). It may be a 30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° elbow. This is H1 considered a vertical elbow. r 5 � RECEIVED RACCOMIWIIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364 1 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 29 Vent Configuration: Horizontal Termination with Vertical Rise • Vent configurations 15' or above (from the base of the fireplace) use 6-5/8" dia. vent. Connect a 8" to 6-5/8" reducer directly to the fireplace (98900165). NOTE: For this configuration, the included thimble assembly is not required and may be discarded. • Vent configurations under 15' (from the base of the fireplace) use 8" dia. Vent. NOTE: For this configuration, the included thimble assembly may be used or use a firestop (not included). • The termination must fall within the shaded area shown in the chart. Use the indicated restrictor positions. • Up to four elbows (30°, 45°, 60° or 90°) may be used. Only one horizontal elbow may be used. 4 N E `° x E vi m E E E • E 1111111111111111111111111111111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111111111111111 40'(12m)max_ [1 —40'(12m)max 35 feet(10.5m) —35 feet(10.5m) Exhaust Restrictor#4 — 30 fee[9m ( ) Diffuser Open =3o feet sm 6-5/8"Vent(place reducer on fireplace) — 25 feet(7.5m) 25 feet(7.5m) 20 feet(6m)— —20 feet(6m) _ I Exhaust Restrictor#3 _ Diffuser Open — 6-5/8"Vent(place reducer on fireplace) — 15 feet(4.5m)— I ..... ---- —15 feet(4.5m) Exhaust Restrictor#2 Exhaust Restrictor#2 — Diffuser Open Diffuser Closed(stock) co 10 feet(3m)— $ Vent $' Vent — 10 feet(3m) Exhaust Restrictor#1 \`Diffuser Closed(stock) 5 feet(1.5m)— 8" Vent —5feet(1.5m) 6----Min.1'Section of Vent Attached directly to Fireplace 0 feet— 0 feet 111111IIII11II111II11IIII111111, 111111 lI II1IIII1, IIII N E N E N E N E N E E N 2 o 2 H2 This is considered a Horizontal length is calculated by horizontal elbow(it doesn't adding both lengths of horizontal run matter whether it turns right (Horizontal Length = HI + H2). or left). It may be a 30°, 45°, 60°, or 90° elbow. This is H1 considered a vertical elbow. r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 30 Installation (for qualified installers only) Masonry Chimney Conversions This appliance may utilize 6-5/8" diameter direct vent manufactured by Duravent(reducer may be required). The vent may be adapted to utilize an existing masonry fireplace using the Duravent Co-Linear Adapter(46DVA-GCL or TCL). The vent must be installed following all directions included with the vent and those listed below: • All requirements in the appliance manual must be met. This High Wind Termination includes compliance with vent III configuration charts. _ _,/Flashing • The restrictor position should be ililiset to the position that most Co-Axial to Co-Linear Adapter must � closely resembles the vent maintain 3"clearance to combustibles 111 H! 9h•Templconfiguration. NOTE: because d S""eryethis installation utilizes non- I I�Coaxial pipe must maintain proper Istandard vent, the restrictor clearances to combustibles .i position may vary. Carefully (see manual for details). monitor the burn characteristics to ,•�i verify correct restrictor position. Direct Vent�� ! UL Gas Liner • The UL gas liner must only be run — — Ili through the fireplace/chimney $ i (entire length of liner must be --� retained within the Direct Vent i 1 fireplace/chimney). Do not run Fireplace $ ; the liner near combustibles. II This appliance may utilize 6-5/8" diameter direct vent manufactured by Duravent (reducer may be required). The vent may be adapted to utilize an existing masonry fireplace using the Duravent Masonry Chimney Conversion Kit(part# 46DVA-KMC). The vent must be installed following all directions included with the vent and those listed below: NOTE: Before proceeding with the following installation example, check with the local building jurisdiction to verify that this type of installation is allowed in your area. • All requirements in the appliance manual must be met. This The entire chimney system must be air-tight. includes compliance with vent Make sure to seal the flashing,clean-out,and configuration charts. In thimble connection,and to inspect the • The restrictor position should be chimney. ! 1~ Flashing(included in set to the position that most pm. #934 Masonry closelyresembles the vent Ili I. Conversion Kit) configuration. NOTE: because Make sure the coaxial pipe maintains the correct l g this installation utilizes non- clearance to any combustible(see the owner's manual). 'lir'Ms to ea/ standard vent, the restrictor The vent must be sealed air-tight. _ 4 position may vary. Carefully 0,i 4'Dia.Flex Line monitor the burn characteristics to 1] (UL 1777 Gas Liner) verify correct restrictor position. A I i 11 • The UL gas liner must only be run e N 1 Connector with Cover through the fireplace/chimney rl 1 1 (included in#934 Masonry (entire length of liner must beIti Conversion Kit) retained within the 1 fireplace/chimney). Do not run the liner near combustibles. r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36W-A14,411 2 U 2 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 31 Class A Chimney Conversion Duravent provides a conversion kit for those wishing to use an existing class A chimney to vent this direct fireplace. The illustration below gives an overview of this type of installation. See the instructions included with the kit for details. • All requirements in the appliance manual must be met. This includes compliance with vent configuration charts.. Remember to set the restrictor position to the correct position (based upon the vertical rise height-see the vent charts in the appliance manual. • These conversion kits does not work on interior masonry chimneys. • The measurements below refer to the Chimney Inside Diameter Chimney Conversion Kit A(46DVA-KCA) 6" DuraTech n Screw the Retro CapAdapter 6"Security Chimney Vertical Top to the p p (scrw toP chimney) 6" Metalbestos Flex Pipe 6"Jackes-Evans �- I 1 6" Hart&Cooley a 6" Pro-Jet Chimney Conversion Kit B (46DVA-KCB) Cut the Flex Pipe to 6" DuraPlus the chimney height 7"-8" DuraTech — plus 3" (76 mm) Security Chimneys 7 \�\ "-8" Metalbestos 7"-8"Jackes-Evans 7"-8"Hart&Cooley 7"-8"Pro-Jet Type A Chimney 6"-7"Amer. Metals 6"-7"Metal-Fab 4"(102 mm 6"Air-Jet Aluminum Flex Chimney Conversion Kit C (46DVA-KCC) Pipe 7"-8" DuraPlus 8"American Metals 8"Air Jet Retro Connector (screw to chimney\&_. 8" Metal-Fab Each Kit Contains: I I R Cap AdapterScrew the A \ Retro Connector Duravent DirectRet Connector to throe Vent Pipe Sections Additional Required Equipment: (use adjustable section) Flex Pipe 4" Flex(#711 or U.L. 1777) Termination (46DVA-VCH) Co-Axial Sections Fireplace B 5 RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 32 Installation (for qualified installers only) Termination Requirements ! Venting terminals shall not be recessed into a wall or siding. A Minimum 9" (229mm)clearance from any door or window B Minimum 12" (305mm)above any grade, veranda, porch, deck or balcony Roof C Minimum 1" (25mm)from outside corner walls Surface NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements Roof of the gas supplier. Min. Eaves D Minimum 1"(25mm)from inside corner walls (279mm) } 6,.Min. NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements + (152mm) of the gas supplier. OP E Minimum 11" (279mm)clearance below unventilated soffits or roof surfaces Minimum 18" (457mm)clearance below ventilated soffits Minimum 6"(152mm)clearance below roof eaves NOTE:Vinyl surfaces require 24"(610mm) NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. F Minimum 12" (305mm)clearance below a veranda, porch, deck or balcony NOTE: Permitted only if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor. NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. G Minimum 48"(1219mm)clearance from any adjacent building H Minimum 84" (2134mm)clearance above any grade when adjacent to public walkways or driveways NOTE: may not be used over a walkway or driveway shared by an adjacent building I Minimum 9"(229mm)clearance to any non-mechanical air supply inlet to the building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance. J Minimum 36" (914mm)clearance above any mechanical air supply inlet if within 10' (3M)horizontally K Minimum 36" (914mm)from the area above the meter/regulator(vent outlet) -this extends 15' (4.5M)above the regulator NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. L Minimum 36" (914mm)from the meter/regulator(vent outlet) NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. M Minimum 12"(305mm)above the roof line(for vertical terminations) N Minimum 24"(610mm)horizontal clearance to any surface(such as an exterior wall)—for vertical terminations \ E ysl = M I — E A iII'— �� F=E I—r K = 1 I J T = A I I 0 0 H 41-- -. 1:21PrilP Y ___S-1 t I * 11 NOTE: Measure clearances to the nearest edge of the exhaust hood. MEWED RECEIVED RORCOOMMIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/I 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 33 Hearth Requirements • A non-combustible hearth is not required. Any material (combustible or non-combustible) must not extend more than 1" above the base of the fireplace (see illustration below). WARNING: A non-combustible hearth is not required in front of the fireplace except when installed near vinyl flooring (see A "Vinyl Flooring Hearth Requirements" section on page 34). However, if the fireplace is installed next to the floor, we recommend a hearth to protect the flooring surface from discoloration or other negative impacts from the heater. oA , rtj o ., 100(0 A hearth(combustible or non- combustible)may be installed in front of the fireplace. The structure must not extend more than 1"(25mm) 0 above the base of the fireplace. Maximum 1" IDB01022 (25mm) 5WOOED RECEIVED It RCACMCUMIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 34 Installation (for qualified installers only) Vinyl Flooring Hearth Requirements Vinyl flooring such as Luxury Vinyl Plank (LVP), Luxury Vinyl Tile (LVT), and other vinyl flooring can be sensitive to radiant heat and changes in temperature. If using vinyl flooring you must install the fireplace one of the three ways illustrated below. a Elevate the fireplace 12" (305mm)above the vinyl floor and install a 12" (305mm) minimum depth hearth (either combustible or noncombustible). The vinyl flooring can be installed up to the hearth. b Elevate the fireplace 24" (610mm)above the vinyl floor and no hearth is required. The vinyl flooring can be installed up to the wall. . Install the fireplace at floor level with a 36" (915mm)deep flush hearth (either combustible or noncombustible). The minimum width of the hearth is equal to the width of the outer zero-clearance box of the fireplace. NOTE: If using one of the hearth options, make sure to maintain the proper gap between the flooring and the hearth. Seal the gap with a flexible caulk to allow for expansion and contraction of the flooring. a (Vinyl Flooring with 12" Hearth' ® Vinyl Flooring without Hearth ofil ,12��(305mm) 24"I\. (61mm)of ���„ Min. Fireplace 'y` `- 1 � •>`. 1", i \�.�\Fh°O�;; Vinyl Flooring with Flush Hearth \��\<AO°.�`9 36" X5mr Min P sNo \• fig/'�,�'' o eat \O6tt� .- � \��Width of '''' " J��� Fireplace oEVD RECEIVED It12/05/2022 RCACMCU WIIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3&4 1 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 35 Facing Requirements • Non-combustible facing must extend from 1" above the base of the fireplace to the framing header(see illustration below for details). • Non-combustible facing must extend the entire width of the unit to the framing opening on both sides (see illustration below for details). • Do not place facing over the glass opening. WARNING: Do not place drywall or other combustibles over the front of the fireplace. WARNING: Do not use adhesive, "modified thinset", or any product with a polymer additive to secure facing directly to the fireplace or the walls near the fireplace. The high Otemperatures near the appliance will cause adhesives to emit odors. Use thinset (also called thinset mortar, thinset cement, dryset mortar, or drybond mortar)to attach the facing. 40444, Thinset Defined: An adhesive mortar made of cement, fine sand, and a water-retaining lIP agent such as an alkyl derivative of cellulose NOTE: Screws may be used to secure cement board or tile backer to the fireplace. Do not penetrate the fireplace more than 1/2" (13mm). A 1/8"(3mm)Gap Make sure non-combustible board is cut and positioned so it maintains a 1/8"(3mm)gap from the tile stop. This allows the fireplace structure to expand without cracking the facing(see dimensions below). 1/8"(3mm) alb 1 God OW l Minimum 8-3/8" sea 213mm Framing Header kr oGo�� 0' Minimum �O GC(�9 0" 1 �Ca 067mm 829mm 0 , 9ce 31\a 0 Base of Fireplace 1"25mm 0 Minimum 36-5/8" ,1009 RECEIVED 931mm � � r 12/05/2022 I) FORCOMCMIONCE ©Travis Industries 10/22/21 - 1488 PB3O( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 36 Installation (for qualified installers only) Standard vs. Extended Position • The nailing brackets on the side of the fireplace may be placed in the standard or extended position to best suit the facing being used (the header shield is also moved). Most installations use the standard nailing bracket position. If using a facing that does not use a backing board (e.g. marble), you may wish to use the extended position. Standard Position -Top View (nailing brackets as shown to right) Nailing Bracket Nailing Bracket 1 Framing Fireplace Drywall °o° °o Cement Board Optional Tile (or other non-combustible) (or other non-combustible) Extended Position -Top View (nailing brackets as shown to right) Nailing Bracket Nailing Bracket Framing Fireplace Drywall 0 °o o° Non-Combustible Facing (marble,etc.) BEVIIEVE 1 RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/14642022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 37 Thick Facing Guide The thick facing guide is shipped pre-attached to the fireplace. - Thick Facing- If using thick facing, leave the guide in place (see "Thick Facing"on the following page). - Thin Facing- If using thin facing, you may remove the thick facing guide following the directions below (see "Thin Facing"for details). NOTE: You may leave the thick facing guide in place—it will appear as a black border around the screen assembly. Removing the Thick Facing Guide The thick facing guide consists of 4 sheet-metal strips behind the screen assembly. Remove the screen assembly to access the guide. Unscrew the screws holding the pieces in place (see illustration below). NOTE: The top piece is different than the bottom and has the letter"T" cut into it. Thick Facing Guide Thick Facing Guide Side Pieces Top Piece Lrni Phillips Screwdriver 8 The thick facing guide may be removed after facing is installed. r 5 n RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3O( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 38 Installation (for qualified installers only) Thick Facing (Facing Thicker than 1-1/2") O If using thick facing, make sure to leave the thick facing guide in place. O Make sure to leave the screen assembly in the stock(fully in) position. OYou may leave the screen assembly in place while installing thick facing. You may wish to protect it with plastic (or other suitable material)to repel debris. When using thick facing, make sure to install the facing above, below, and to the sides of the thick facing guide. Do not allow any facing material to overlap the thick facing guide (this would prevent removal of the screen assembly). Framing Fireplace I � Screen Assembly Mount ` Backerboard 4 Screen Assembly Thick Facing Thick Facing Guide (brick, rock, etc.) � 5/ RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 39 THICK FACING GUIDE SIZE THICK FACING GUIDE LOCATION (PB CF) Extends 11/16" (18mm) above the tile stop Extends 5/8" (16mm)to the sides of the tile stop 04 li). SI "1- /0 - Tile Stop Tile Stop Width W Height 1 1011 / If using the lower screen frame extension, attach the lower thick a facing guide here (it extends to the base of the fireplace) 1" 25mm i Al DO NOT BRING THICK FACING ABOVE THE BOTTOM EDGE OF THE TILE STOP/SIDE THICK FACING GUIDES (1"ABOVE BASE OF FIREPLACE) Tile Stop Width Tile Stop (a) Height (b) PB36 CF 35-1/8" (893mm) 32-5/8" (829mm) 5 � RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 40 Installation (for qualified installers only) Thin Facing (1/2" to 1-1/2") When using thin facing you may remove the thick facing guide and tuck the facing underneath the screen assembly. The screen assembly mounts may be adjusted to position the screen assembly directly against the facing (see"Screen Assembly Mounts" below). To further illustrate this, note how the screen assembly mount is moved forward in the 1"facing example below). 4111.111 Thin Facing (1/2" 13mm) -Top View I Phillips Framing 1 Screwdriver Fireplace Drywall ILI 1_ / Screen Assembly )o Mount Max. 1/2"(13mm)Overlap Thick Facing (1" 26mm) -Top View �Framing �, Fireplace H L _ Drywall i / r Screen assembly mount Screen Assembly may be slid forward to Mount Max. 1/2"(13mm)Overlap accommodate facing. Screen Assembly Mounts The screen assembly mounts (located on outer front edges of the fireplace) are adjustable to allow the screen assembly to be positioned 1/2" (12mm)to 1-1/2" (38mm)from the front of the fireplace. This allows facing to tuck under the screen assembly. Each mount is held in place by(3) Philips head screws. Before mounting the screen assembly, adjust the mounts so that the front edge is flush with the finish material surrounding the fireplace. To adjust the mounts, loosen the screws, slide the mounts to the desired position, and then tighten the screws. Position edge of mount flush with finish material ., i 4. v - -Auto • n` i i i � E IVE D I. RACOMCUMEIJNICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/14642022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 41 Mantel Requirements • Use the table below to determine the maximum mantel depth allowed. The mantel depth (measured from the non-combustible facing) must fall within the shaded portion of the table. • Any material above the fireplace that protrudes more than 3/4" (19mm)from the non-combustible facing is considered a mantel and must meet the mantel requirements. Maximum Mantel Depth(b) FFF c�� F FF Fc� F F F F F tiF�F tiF wcc MF rnF ha^rn o' 1 C.) CV h �o ,moo ti h N o ti ti`ry ` i I 47"(1194mm) N N 46"(1169mm) N N Mantel 45"(1143mm) \ 44"(1118mm) N N Height 43"(1093mm) Above 42"(1067mm) Base(a) 41"(1042mm) — - 40"(1016mm) — • - 39"(991mm) — • - • 38"(966mm) • • 37"(941mm) • • 36"(916mm) • • 35"(890mm) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Mantel Column Clearances • Combustible mantel columns (legs) require a 0" (0mm) clearance to the side of the fireplace (they must be to the side of the fireplace). • Non-combustible mantel columns do not have a minimum clearance. r 5 � RECEIVED IM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 42 Installation (for qualified installers only) Use of a Non-Combustible Mantel Below Listed Mantel Clearances Each gas fireplace has a unique set of mantel requirements. If you wish to place a non-combustible mantel at a lesser height than specified in this manual, it will need to meet the following requirements: • The header (the framing member above the fireplace opening) must be non-combustible. • The facing must be non-combustible and extend to the header (or mantel, whichever is greater). The facing must also span the entire width of the mantel. • See the illustration below for additional requirements. SIDE VIEW Facing from the Header Up ------- may be combustible(drywall) C� or non-combustible. Non-Combustible Framing(metal studs) must be used for the header. Non-Combustible Facing and Non-Combustible Backing Material • (tile,marble,cement board,etc.)must extend to the header(or top of mantel-whichever is higher) • Minimum Mantel Height The minimum mantel height is determined by the face and face attachment method(no minimum). The mantel T.:. must be properly Non-Combustible Mantel and Mantel Legs secured to the framing or (no maximum depth)-No combustible - use other suitable materials allowed behind the mantel. method. Gas Fireplace _� Combustible Framing Fireplace Face (wood studs)may be used for the framing behind the fireplace. TOP VIEW ) \/ \N/ \N/ Non Combustible Framing(metal studs) Gas Fireplace must extend the full width of the mantel Non Combustible Facing and mantel legs. (tile,marble,cement board,etc.)must extend the full width of the mantel. V q- I- Al :•:z:k.:z:...::.:z:: j ) N Non Combustible Mantel and Legs 12/05/2022 FOECMCUYHMXOE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/1 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 43 Finalizing the Installation 1. Remove the glass (see page 49). NOTE: If using propane (LP) convert the appliance prior to installing the media. 2. We recommend you purge the gas line at this time (with the glass removed). This allows gas to be detected once it enters the firebox, ensuring gas does not build up. GSB2 Versions Only 1111r-: Install the batteries into the battery holder GSR2 Versions Only Install the batteries into the battery box and remote. • 3. Turn on gas to the heater. Leak test all gas joints prior to starting the appliance. Start the pilot to verify gas supply (see instructions on page 45). Leak test all the gas joints. Turn the gas control knob to "OFF" to shut off the appliance. MV Units Only - Pilot Flame Inspection - (see instructions on page 46) The pilot flame should look like the illustration below. Adjust the pilot flame if necessary. To adjust the pilot flame, turn this screw(NOTE:if totally The pilot flame should touch only the top 3/8"(9mm)of the unscrewed gas will come out of this port). Clockwise thermopile. Adjust the pilot up or down as necessary. lowers the flame while counter-clockwise raises it. Standard Screwdriver Thermopile Pilot Hood /o � o Q o QO 0.4 oN ®I IH ®F c_een � p, ®I- 1 0p� `tp, o ®~ t 3/8" 9mm Thermocouple GSB2 Units Only - Pilot Flame Inspection - (see instructions on page 46) The pilot flame should look like the illustration below. Adjust the pilot flame if necessary. The pilot flame should look like the illustration below. Adjust The pilot flame should touch the top 3/8"of th the pilot flame if necessary. ��� sensing electrode and make contact with the I To adjust the pilot flame,turn this screw. Clockwise lowers hood. Adjust the pilot up or down as necessa d the flame while counter-clockwise raises it Screwdriver • � .S11 CPilot Hood i ,p :®A ' Sensing Spark ) _ electrode \ Ilta Electrode 4. Replace the glass. ,2o2z� RECEI /ED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 44 Installation (for qualified installers only) 5. Start the main burner and verify the burner ignites correctly. 6. Leak test all gas joints. Air Shutter Adjustment Let the heater burn for fifteen minutes (make sure the logs and glass are in place). The flames should be yellow with no sooting. Adjust the air shutter, if necessary, to achieve the correct looking flame. Air Shutter Adjustment ` Correct Not Enough Air Too Much Air Flames should be blue at the If the flames are too tall or sooty on the If the flames are all blue and base,yellow-orange on the top. ends,open the air shutter. short,close the air shutter. Rear Burner Air Shutter Control (GOLD) Right= Less Air Left= More Air Front Burner Air Shutter Control (RED) Right- Less Air 110:11imit4/ Left= More Air ControlPanel NOTE: Use a screwdriver to adjust the air shutter(it will be hot). Slide it through the control panel and into the air shutter control. Typically,the air shutter is more closed (right)on NG, more open (left)on LP. 7. Adjust the flame to its highest position -the flames should not contact the top of the firebox. Check the flame on low position. The flames should burn off of each burner hole. If the heater does not work correctly, contact your Travis dealer for a remedy. 8. Give this manual to the home owner for future reference and fully explain operation of this heater. For comprehensive operating and maintenance instructions, refer to the Owner's Manual. ACID WASH WARNING: Make sure any masonry that has been treated with acid wash has been properly neutralized (this is used primarily with brick faces). Acid wash (muriatic acid)is used to remove excess mortar. r 5 � RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/14642 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 45 Location of Controls There is a door on the lower portion of the screen assembly to provide access to the manual controls on the fireplace. The door is held closed by two magnets. Open the door by gently pulling outward on the upper portion of the lower trim. GSB2 Version GSR2 Version Rotate the Control Door Down to Rotate the Control Door Down to Access Controls Access Controls / / j j% > � ti,, � Shutoff Valve �� ` Shutoff Valve �t\ �f� (accessible with ,, ��� 7� (accessible with -- 1, �` {' screen removed) � ����/ screen removed) I�jt► Flame Adjust Knob ."'�o� >,/, 1 ,ham Battery Holder/Switch ' Continuous/Intermittent Pilot Switch/ Most features will be controlled On/Off Switch / 1 / by the included remote. Ember Light Dial Optional Blower Dial P �f ® t' The battery holder! � 4 - �, fj, r switch is on the right Optional Light Dial k .. ',� side,below the firebox. Battery Tray-or-Optional Remote Receiver MV Version Rotate the Control DoorL Down— ,to Access Controls i ( 1 4. Shutoff Valve 'I/ ' (accessible with — lit (accessible screen removed) `, Gas Control Knob--_ - .-'" �8 Flame Adjust Knob .' c ' \r Pilot Igniter / \; On/Off Switch Optional Blower Dial ;' Optional EmberLight Dial •ait Optional Remote Receiver r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 46 Installation (for qualified installers only) MV Units Only - Starting the Pilot ARemove the glass frame before starting the pilot. The pilot flame is required to ignite the main burners (it also ,", plays a safety role). It should be left on once lit. It will stay lit unless the gas control valve is turned to "OFF" or if the burner has not been lit in a 7 day period (see "Pilot Fuel '' Conservation Timer" section on pg. 47). However, the pilot will go out if the gas is shut off, the propane tank runs out(or low)or if the stove malfunctions. If the pilot turns off 11 frequently, call your dealer for information. NOTE: Suggestions on how to limit the need to restart the pilot during the heating season can be found on page 47. 'ro 5 minutes -eu�T :bolo, To start the pilot follow the directions below: ® _ =�N o WARNING: .,.;: When lighting or re-lighting the pilot, the glass must be --1— C-0 removed (see page 49). a Remove the glass (see page 49). VIP b Push the gas control knob in slightly and turn it to the "OFF" /r position. The knob will not turn from "ON"to "OFF" unless _ f1.4,4 ISITIK ' the knob is depressed slightly. Wait five minutes to let any —"° gas that may have accumulated inside the firebox escape. �� 0.0 ell'Ap, If you smell leaking gas, follow the directions on the cover "IF YOU SMELL GAS". c Turn the gas control knob to the "PILOT" position and press �0 30 seconds the knob in, this will allow gas to flow to the pilot light. 7 Press the button on the pilot igniter repeatedly until you see ® =o 4 7 ; ' the pilot light. , nH. WARNING: ,��o 0.-4D If the pilot does not light after 15 seconds, release the knob and call your dealer for service. Do not attempt to light ,ro pilot until service has been performed. -T d Keep the gas control knob depressed for 30 seconds once it , lit is lit. -'i0 e Release the gas control knob. If the pilot goes out, repeat .JL CD� � 1 step C. If the pilot refuses to stay lit, call your dealer for 1111) service. With the pilot lit, proceed to step "f". f Replace the glass. 11111111 g Turn the gas control knob counter-clockwise to "ON". The 0 Q1 pilot is now lit and the heater can be turned on and off. r lI O _ 9 �, _ =tuna 5/2022 D RECEIVED FORCOOEC MINIIEi ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 47 Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer (MV units) 7 Day Pilot Shutoff Timer(MV Units) This appliance is equipped with a 7 day pilot shutoff timer. This timer helps conserve fuel and save money by turning the pilot off when the appliance is not used for 7 days (this timer is mandated in certain areas for conservation purposes). 0 1.411/ The appliance will function normally as long as the burner is engaged i h.�rJ within a 7 day window. Each time the burner is turned on the 7 day miriiimpoom timer resets. If the burner is not engaged within the 7 day window, the pilot will automatically turn off to conserve fuel. If the pilot is turned off, it will need to be manually re-lit. To prevent the need to restart the pilot during the heating season, we have listed a few strategies below: Option 1: Remember to periodically turn on the heater during the heating season If you use your heater for supplemental heat, this may be the best solution. Set a specific time, once or twice per week (e.g. 5pm on Tuesday& Friday)to turn the heater on for a few minutes. This will restart the timer and prevent the need to restart the pilot. Option 2: Install a thermostat This will keep the room at a constant temperature and will, in most cases, keep the heater working throughout the heating season. Light the pilot at the beginning of the heating season and set the thermostat to the desired room temperature. As long as the outside temperatures does not rise excessively, for seven days or more, the pilot will continue to operate. Option 3: Use a programmable thermostat A programmable thermostat may be set to turn on, once per week, to a high temperature for a short time. This will reset the 7-day timer and allow the heater to operate without having to restart the pilot. TAENIE It 5D RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 48 Installation (for qualified installers only) Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer (GSB & GSR units) 7 Day Pilot Shutoff Timer(applies to units in On-demand pilot mode only) This appliance may be equipped with a 7 day pilot shutoff timer. This BF timer helps conserve fuel and save money by turning the pilot off when the appliance is not used for 7 days (this timer is mandated in certain /fit �� SITYftlBy areas for conservation purposes). This applies only when the unit is in ODP (On-demand Pilot) mode. If the unit is in IPI (Intermittent Pilot • 1LJ••• Ignition) mode, the timer does not apply. When in ODP mode the pilot will remain lit as long as the burner is engaged within a 7 day window. Each time the burner is turned on the 7 day timer resets. If the burner is not engaged within the 7 day window, the pilot will automatically revert to IPI mode and turn off to conserve fuel. To switch back to ODP, simply: GSB2 Units: toggle the IPI/ODP switch to IPI, then back to ODP. GSR2 Units: use the remote to toggle from IPI mode, then back to ODP mode. To prevent the need to reset the pilot mode during the heating season, we have listed a few strategies below: Option 1: Remember to periodically turn on the heater during the heating season If you use your heater for supplemental heat, this may be the best solution. Set a specific time, once or twice per week (e.g. 5pm on Tuesday& Friday)to turn the heater on for a few minutes. This will reset the timer and prevent the need to restart the pilot. Option 2: Use a thermostat GSR Units: Use the thermostat included with the appliance GSB Units: Consult your dealer for thermostats compatible with your appliance. The use of a thermostat will keep the room at a constant temperature and will, in most cases, keep the heater working throughout the heating season. Light the pilot at the beginning of the heating season and set the thermostat to the desired room temperature. As long as the outside temperature does not rise excessively, for seven days or more, the pilot will continue to operate. Option 3: Use a programmable thermostat(GSB2 Only) A programmable thermostat may be set to turn on, once per week, to a high temperature for a short time. This will reset the 7-day timer and allow the heater to operate without having to restart the pilot. TS T5EVENED RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/1 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 49 Glass Frame Removal and Installation A Aa th appliancebarrier anddesigned shallto bereduce installedthe forrisk theof protectionburnsfrom ofthe childrenhot andviewing otherglass at-riskisprovided individuawils.this O If the barrier becomes damaged, the barrier shall be replaced with the manufacturer's barrier for this appliance. AThe appliance must be completely cool before removing the glass. ADo not strike or slam the glass. AWarning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. 1. Remove the screen-trim assembly by lifting the assembly up slightly and tilting it toward you. The mounting hooks on the back of the assembly will disengage the fireplace. Set the assembly aside for reinstallation. NOTE: Opening the access door on the front of the assembly allows for a easy location to get a secure grip on the assembly for removal Top Corner Bottom Corner ril 10 Top hook engages " this slot in bracket Bottom hook engages this slot in IiUIiI 4 II Bottom bracket i:„,414/14 co ..* 4 III % .� I'\ \ it � Z\ 1 h• Replacement Barrier Part# 36 CF ProBuilder 250-04839 � 5 � RECEIVED FOECMCUYHMXOE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 pg3ORFARA42 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 50 Installation (for qualified installers only) 2. Remove the glass frame following the directions below. 0 Open the latches holding the glass frame in place (start with ________.---- the bottom)-follow the directions shown to the right. �`10�� Pliers may be used ��_ Latch door Top of ; , Firebox „, 4 c*;,'„ ,„_ Glass 04 tatria___,__, 0vLift the glass frame up and I pull it forward to remove. IIIIIIIIIIIIIII NOTE: You may need to lift the glass frame while re-attaching. Re-Attaching the Glass Frame: a) Hang the glass frame on the firebox. 'C CCCCCC«�C«,,, b)While holding in place, attach the upper latches .�� (follow the instructions to the right in reverse). ilia Cr. loil - c) Lift the glass frame slightly and attach the lower latches. 11111117 NOTE: Make sure the glass frame is all the way in place-it should be parallel with the front of the fireplace when installed. Replacement Glass Frame Part# 36 CF ProBuilder 250-04837 W 5 . RECEIVED RCACMCLIIMIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 51 The latch can come loose from glass frame anchor. This occurs when it is turned 1/4 turn when it is disengaged. Follow the directions below to re-install the latch if it becomes loose. ;; Barrier Screen Visual Deflector Adjustment The barrier screen assembly has an adjustable visual deflector along the lower edge. If the assembly is adjusted to accommodate thick facing material, adjust the deflector, as shown below, to block the view of the valve area. 1. Place the screen assembly face down on a soft surface to protect it from scratching. Locate the nuts along the bottom edge of the deflector(in this example there are 3, your fireplace may have more). t kid U 0 2. Remove the nuts using an 11/32" nut driver. Move the deflector to the desired position and reinstall the kept nuts. Test fit the assembly to the fireplace and make any adjustments as needed. AFyiEuLD .VE 12/ 5/222 FORCOMCLIMAICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 52 Installation (for qualified installers only) Shipping Retaining Nut Removal (2) 3/8" nuts secure the rear burner to the fireplace for shipping purposes. Remove and discard the nuts (see below). Left Rear Corner • : Right Rear Corner of Rear Burner :' of Rear Burner 1( Remove and discard nuts • . • ., tip.. • • • ate:_ IMF NOTE: Do not reinstall the shipping nuts. The burner brackets sit over the threaded pins and the burner needs to be able to move freely as it expands and contracts with heat. o D RECEIVED �12/05/2022 RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364 1 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 53 Log Set Installation Installation Warnings NOTE: Consult the installation manual for order of installation. If using propane (LP), convert the appliance before installing the log set. If using firebacks, install them prior to installing the log set. • The logs are fragile, especially after being exposed to heat. • Make sure the gas control valve is OFF and the heater is cool prior to installing logs. • Failure to position the parts in accordance with these diagrams or failure to use only parts specifically approved with this appliance may result in property damage or personal injury. • The burner must be correctly positioned before installing the log set. Make sure the burner is fully seated and the pilot is properly aligned. See owner's manual for details on burner removal. Log Set Overview— GSR2 Model The GSR2 version requires a log set (Oak= 94500626, Birch = 94500624). Instructions for installing these logs are included with the logs. Log Set Overview— MV/GSB2 Models When installed, the (8) logs should appear as shown below. See the following pages for installation. Center Log 250-04844 Right Rear Twig Rear Log 250-04849 250-04842 r • Left Log s Right Log 250-04843 - , / - 250-04846 • Right Front Twig �,. ;r v a� — 250-04847 ?' i Fl._... Y B, .4 ccaoo'• - Front Left Ember Chunk Front Right Ember Chunk 250-04845 250-04848 r 5 � RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 54 Installation (for qualified installers only) Rear Log The back log has two pockets that insert over two tabs on the back burner(see photos below). Place the log in place and push it back. The log straddles the burner and does not cover any burner holes. Make sure the corner of the log is lined up with the rivet on the burner as shown in the lower right picture. O O-'_ , •u it 41' * T . ._ rll .....a4111=1/0 _ icy tc „,: 'per 1, tom, .c f 71.11111111.11=111— Left Log The left log has a channel (A) on the bottom that fits over a ridge on the burner and a notch (B)that contacts the grate. Set the log in place and slide it to the rear. ,,,,, „,;(?' Front of log R '.a. Rom, —, - 'f .N 11---;1 Bottom of log :1 1 A # _ , 9 / , .V - �_ v. � RECEIVED Il 12/05/2022 J RCACMCUINVIIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3AYFAW 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 55 Right Log The right log has a channel (C)on the bottom that fits over a ridge on the burner and a notch (D)that contacts the grate. '„- t ,a _ D • ^' 1�i4 .. II III I�1 111� 0• .... . ., _ . Right Front Twig The right front twig has a hole for a locating pin on the bottom and a notch to rest on the grate at one end. Place twig over the pin and adjust so the notch is in contact with the grate as shown below. ;.. y.-,,,"..3' may- irei- R 0 ... 1..,,,,,,,... ..• ier r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 56 Installation (for qualified installers only) Right Rear Twig The right rear twig is shown below. It has a hole for a locating pin on the bottom. When in place, the front tip just barely rests on the right log as shown below. � Cil _ t V _ 6 .. „, k `� , I.' 4 . , . , -...,....,..„.*t, ,pri-ek44,,, O _. "' i -.?_,,,,.. - -- ., , , ,.... r 5 D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36)W14d2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 57 Center Log The center log has a hole for a locating pin on the bottom and a notch to rest on the grate at one end. ofr 04 41411t, „iff • Ember Chunk Identification There are (2) ember chunks, that look very similar, included with this log set. It is important that they are on the correct side of the burner or they may cause flame impingement. Below is a picture that shows the ember chunks side by side to aid with identification. A.tk �_.., Ig t i ., r i ➢ a r, . Left Chunk Right Chunk r 5 � RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 58 Installation (for qualified installers only) Left Ember Chunk The left ember chunk and has a flat bottom and charred end. The chunk fits behind the bar, 2nd from the left, of the log grate. The charred end should be to the left. Place the ember chunk as shown below. Make sure the chunk is positioned so it does not cover any burner holes.' ; r View from above 4 ___. . N.,.. _ F ". _�` Do not block • burner holes '4 '�i1 _ �+.- L� � R"� .. 6 s ' ��! L ` Right Ember Chunk The right ember chunk also has a charred end. The chunk fits between the 2 right bars of the log grate (on the angled portion of the burner). The charred end should also be to the left as shown below. Make sure the chunk is positioned so it does not cover any burner holes. f� ..„.,,,,,I.----, t.,, , -*I"+�4 �L` � F r. S-� 1�Ilti y . . not block ti � = z� . <_r burner holes }` by, ( �/: � ,- - • •.v r_{_ .., , rt) .". ', -- .,........�;.."'.�� ✓}� a :.` � t. r� .... r 5 � RECEIVED RaiCaltCUINFIIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB36-kkeFilrati2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 59 Ember bed Glass and Ember Material Installation (GSR2 ONLY) Ember bed Glass Installation The Ember-GIoTM lights come standard on the GSR2 units. There are an optional accessory for GSB2 or MV units. If the upgrade kit is not used in for the GSB2 or MV units, you may skip this section and proceed to Ember Installation. • Make sure the ember skirt is in place. The skirt hooks over the front of the ember platform and slopes outward toward the glass. The skirt helps keep the glass and ember material from falling off the platform when the glass is removed. • Locate the perforations in front of the log grate. • Place a thick layer of the ember glass over the perforations making sure to cover all of the holes completely. • 4 t-..mod a;i...‘,.- ..�.t . !f - 4 s 6 j • Lightly dress the ember glass with the black touch-up paint provided. Check the appearance with the lights on and add additional paint, as needed, for a realistic glowing ember appearance. NOTE: If power is supplied to the fireplace it can helpful to turn the lights on while painting so you can determine an appropriate amount of paint for a realistic ember appearance. NOTE: We recommend that you use a piece of paper, cardboard as a shield to mask the log grate and burner from overspray(see below). BP' V.,:. �' '_t4� • •�. ' ( /r T , ' 41)._ ‘.41. .4_, ylb.,frs....• 4. 1 ikis- .... ,. « 5/2022� RECEIVED FOKCCMCLIMIVICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 60 Installation (for qualified installers only) Ember Material Installation (GSR2 ONLY) • Once the ember glass installation is complete, place a generous amount of ember material on the firebox floor on either side of the firebox. Completely cover any visible metal on the firebox floor. NOTE: Make sure no ember material is placed directly on the burner. HINT: Add a few randomly placed ember chunks over the ember bed glass to produce a more realistic appearance. ...Or �. . lir, t P. I. Ember Installation (GSB2 or MV) ,,. A bagof embers is provided to further enhance the / . firebox. Place the embers on the firebox floor and i - - ,:. on the burner. Do not place embers over any of �_ the burner holes or air channels. ty 'IP,� • , lip4. t .� � Rock Wool Placement (All Models) The included rock wool is placed on top of the burner to enhance the glow from the burner. The rock wool works best when it is applied in a very thin layer. The best method for applying the rock wool is to brush it on to the burner. Compress a clump of rockwool between your thumb and forefinger. Use a stiff brush to apply a thin layer of rockwool fibers onto the burner. Do not use the entire bag of rockwool. Use only a small amount and save the remainder. Over-use of rockwool will diminish the glow and may cause sooting or other adverse conditions. • _ / h rl III - .•' •. .l .r • v yWirf.0 .- ice. • I ,4V ` +D` r s11����� +C-� 1 11 It 12/05/2022 FOR ME(1f67OM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 61 LP Conversion Instructions AWARNING This conversion kit shall be installed by a qualified service agency in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and all applicable codes and requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. If the information in these instructions is not followed exactly, a fire, explosion or production of carbon monoxide may result causing property damage, personal injury or loss of life. The qualified service agency is responsible for the proper installation of this kit. The installation is not proper and complete until the operation of the converted appliance is checked as spaecified in the manufacturer's instructions supplied with the kit. Caution: The gas supply shall be shut off prior to disconnecting the electrical power, before proceeding with the conversion. Note: Convert the appliance prior to installing the gas line to ensure proper gas use. The GSR Stepper Motor Kit(4-pack = 94400999, single = 250-01463) is required for converting this appliance to LP. The kit contains the stepper motor(regulator) and torx wrench. The burner orifices, pilot orifice, and burner gaskets are shipped with the appliance. 1 Remove the barrier and glass. Remove the logs and embers (if installed - page 52) 2 Remove the burners following the directions below. Lift the rear burner and lift it from the firebox. The burner has a bracket that inserts over two pins behind the burner. When replacing the burner make sure it is properly located. >rs ' ■■i k may�i_ ► r _ — -. Lift the front burner, slide it to the right, and lift it from the firebox. When replacing the burner make sure it is properly located. .____ mot. 5 � REc EEVED FOECMCUYHMXOE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EPRFARA 2 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 62 Installation (for qualified installers only) Remove the manifold covers. NOTE: Discard the orifice gaskets and reinstall the manifold covers after changing the orifices j F, _ 3 Follow the directions below to replace the orifice. 0 Slide the air shutters to provide access to the orifices. ® Remove and discard the gaskets on each burner orifice. *e4 fo c Use a adjustable wrench to support the manifold while removing each orifice with a 1/2" wrench. Adjustable Wrench 1/2" Open End Wrench _ U d Apply thread sealant to the LP orifices prior to installation. Use the chart below to ,,, 0011°‘ identify the correct orifices. Orifice Manifold 111 OJ 15/16" Look here for the orifice identification Screw each LP orifice until orifice / — 23.8mm protrudes 15/16" (23.8mm) ob 36CF Orifice Numbers indicating full insertion (use wrench to support manifold when NG LP re-attaching orifice). — Front #54 #63 Rear #48 #57 Fa��ff I 12/05/2022 RCA020kCUYHMXOE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/1 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 63 4 Install the LP pilot orifice following the instructions below. (a) Use a 7/16"open-end wrench to remove the pilot hood. (b) Remove and discard the Natural Gas (NG)orifice. Place the LP orifice in the pilot assembly then replace the pilot hood,tightening the pilot hood until it is snug (do not over-tighten). 5. Discard the orifice gaskets and reinstall the manifold covers after changing the orifices MV Version 1j Natural Gas Orifice= .020N LP(Propane)Orifce= .014LP • O \i 1 11.410 \4•0 7/16"Wrench 7 GSB2/GSR2 Natural Gas Orifice= .020N CI Version LP(Propane)Orifce= .014LP 3 • O 7/16"Wrench rid !to' Nuo r 5 n RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 64 Installation (for qualified installers only) 6 Remove the regulator from the front of the gas control valve. There is an knob extension on the regulator knob that will need to be moved to the new regulator. To remove the extension pull toward you. Replace with the propane regulator, using the new gasket and screws included with the regulator. Re-install the knob extension onto the LP regulator knob. The knob extension is directional so you may need to turn it until it lines up properly with the regulator knob and can be pushed into place.. NOTE: Leak test this area after the heater is installed, gas is connected, and the main burner is lit. MV Version GSB2 Version 0 Mr titalat Replace the regulator following the instructions included Remove and discard the three : �' [.� l ��l with the regulator kit. Remove and discard the screws (see screws using a slotted screwdriver k%''% of Torx T-20. -'�' J "a" below) holdingthe stock regulator in place (see "b" =, 9 ( �_= i below). Remove the stock regulator and gasket (see "c" Slotted. below). Place the LP regulator inplace, makingsure the Screwdriver , „:\ ® g (or T-20Torx) pre-fitted gasket (see"c" below) is in place— make sure it � Remove and discard the i regulator,diaphram,spring is correctly oriented. Secure using the screws included and center post. with the motor—tighten to 25 Lb-inches. Leak test this area after installation to verify proper installation. There is a label on the base of the regulator knob indicating 0 regulator type (NG or LP). Place the included label on the �����(�� valve bodywhere it can be easilyseen to insure proper Install the in regulator. Use p p the screws included with the , /'1 . �1 tia� identification ("d"). LP regulator. Tighten to t 'e; l� *ow approximately 25 Lbs.torque. C � I Slotted Screwdriver T-20 Torx or (or T-20 Torx) NOTE: Make sure the regulator gasket is correctly Slotted Screwdriver I i l41I aligned before installation. Place the LP ♦`� label on the base `� T �l -1 - _ • lei:: ,r near the gas control valve. \ ,` �, "/- ' \ O • i o • CP ...... d ♦ Ad.-- GSB2 Version y The stepper motor(adjustable regulator) has an . -- installation sheet included with it—make sure to follow all I .w I N,- �, of the directions. Place the stepper motor on the gas ' 1 IFt-- ' ' r 'v ;..R ' 4- control valve (see below) — MAKE SURE IT IS 3�%' `O,3�@ .0) control CORRECTLY ORIENTED. Secure using the screws • ; ,, ..,. included with the motor —tighten to 25 Lb-inches. Leak ,, j '; F test this area after installation to verify proper installation. 7 Make the gas line connection, bleed the gas line (if applicable), start the heater and thoroughly leak-tes_ I s connections and the gas control valve. ��'��� It12/05/2022 FORCCOEcuYF71NREi ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/14642 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 65 Wall Mount Remote Thermostat installation (GSB2 and MV Units Only) Packing List • GS Wall Remote • (4)AA Batteries • Receiver Assembly • (3)AAA Batteries • Switch Blank Installation If Using the Optional Blower, Install it First The optional blower should be installed before installing the remote. 1 Remove the lower front access panel from the fireplace by reaching in behind it and loosening the two wing nuts and (1) 1/4" screw on each side of the panel that hold it in place (see fireplace manual for details.) Lift up and then out on the panel to remove. Lay the panel face down in front of the fireplace. 2 Remove the 4 screws that secure the dashboard to the fireplace and gently lower it to gain access to the back side. 0 1' fr NOTE There should be enough slack in the attached wires to lower the dashboard to the floor. Make sure not to damage any off the attached wires. 3 Remove the two wires from the back of the on/off switch. 111 • r 5 j RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3(P( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 66 Installation (for qualified installers only) 4 Remove the switch from the dashboard by depressing the tabs on the top and the bottom of the switch housing while pressing the back of the switch forward through the hole in the dashboard. Replace the switch with the included switch blank (see pictures below). — t �• \ — fiin— r" r --�, — • 5 Remove the battery holder. Disconnect the ,r red and black wire at the Molex connector. • • • 6 Replace the battery holder with the battery / box included with this remote kit. Connect the red and black wires to the wires you just disconnected in step 5. it • 7 Place the battery box on the floor of the • fireplace. 8 Replace the dashboard. 9 Verify wires are not touching the bottom of the firebox. Adjust if necessary. 10 Install 4AA batteries into the receiver. 11 Install 3AAA batteries into the remote. 12 Sync the remote with the receiver(see syncing instructions included with remote). 13 Return the appliance to the correct configuration. RECEIVED 1 12/05/2022 FOECMCUYHMXOE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/I 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 67 Wiring Diagram - MV Version Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Thermocouple i Thermopile On/Off Switch (on appliance) Piezo Igniter Red��Brown I 0- 0 00 0 - 0—10 �I ° �hl% White_ Spark oAl p;,}, Redd Electrode I� : O OL NOTE: Polarity matters e with thermopile wires. Red Wire=TPTH AI IL_ I White Wire=TP O ^ s b 1 ® ~ Pilot : - Hood _ a �_/ - _® ~ Optional wall switch, = themostat, or remote )0 :o • Optional Blower Wiring Chassis Blowe 1 Ground 1 Gteen Motor — Black tii=G)White 120 Volt Black Grounded A.C. 27 Power Supply rl White White Black Black 120 V. Blower Blower Blower Thermodisk Rheostat Circuit � 5 � RECEIVED RCACMCLIMIVICE ©Travis Industries 12/6/21 - 1488 PB3E(/I12022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 68 Installation (for qualified installers only) Wiring Diagram - GSB2 Version Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Rheostat Thermodisk 0 Optional O o C) Blower(s) 120 VAC — E ' i Power In --±_-1 O N j R (� > CYl I Appliance —_ / III-III Ground c ii FSE U rya Myr,aZ7rI7�� Base 'I *"'+ �illj Integrated a t �u -� pill Flame r .� itAz. . N Fireplace Detect cm.?t,wr c werpN .a Sark ;«:;� j �� ■ � Control p � (IFC) Rod ` �i� ;' � l� a n �",sr � ni 6MF 1kii,Lii 1 C >fi, Mt "CO Er cm°r -----_ J O N c, 3 c fL O } Appliance Ground ' ❑, j o IPI/CPI Switch o u, wn ce� J Green a cc Cri- ON/OFF nit Q li •■ �l ° . ° 1 BS ....wil 131 /ir AA Battery r e�i Tray // , ©im �,..) Main Burner Switch r ° p RECEIVED 12/0CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/h4ska2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 69 Wiring Diagram — GSR2 Version Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. White Power—y—c Black In — El \i O . . May Include MII Molex May Include Blower(s)* 0 I� Accent Molex1 Light(s) 0 �- II m� Fuse •� = = • 3 Amp YY 11 Fuse N_ Integrated Fireplace Control(IFC) m m ITITTITT 111 __ . Appliance J 3,5A -- ",% ,3 amp Ground i I FUSE Fuse `I f rx', , , "� I I rzrnl;z�li Flame 1 an �!- n I N O �W� v �M� Detect 6 N ['fr] �a Spark „ I' '� ■ tt Rheostat i Rod � ) a .Ire a a a a iTT m•0 0 •O 000• A m x{ a a a a a m x7 000 00 NI* A I ,- ,.._\_. T T F ��• ni , n III NE m m 0, a5e =' ■ ■ System m >"a. : EmberBed Jumper m 3 Lights* o 'a rn a o i o m i_rj d 0 11011° . IPIfCPI JUMPER WIRE I ol grm Comfort Control • ■ Valve a .. ..•� >a NIimB — ° r _ ❑ _Red—— Black 1' © '� lU a IiI = WI O k,C) r Battery Box (Manual On/Off) © • �a REGEIVED n112/05/2022 l FORCOOECOYFUNREi ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 pg36W-A41442022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 70 Installation (for qualified installers only) CoolSmart TV- Installation Overview (Optional) The CoolSmart system is designed to redirect the convective heat of the fireplaces from the front of the unit,just above the glass, to a location higher on the wall. The use of this kit allows for reduced clearances to televisions and a recessed cavity above the fireplace. When using this kit, disregard the standard framing dimensions and follow the framing instructions for the CoolSmart kit. When used on the PB 36 CF, this kit allows for the non-combustible facing height to be reduced. See illustration below for details. Ceiling Min. 1-1/2" (39mm)I r Min. 1-1/4" (32mm)I Television Max. 3-1/2" (89mm) Max. 120" (3048mm) Min. 1/4" / Optional Recessed Pocket Min. 73-3/4" (7mm) (/ (1690mm) r Min. 45-1/2" Combustible Facing (1156mm) Allowed to the top of the zero-clearance bo) Min. 35" ProBuilder Non-Combustible (889mm) 24CF & 36CF Facing Only Fireplace . , ramp p RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3Akeiratif 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 71 CoolSmart TV - Installation Requirements — 1-3/8" (10mm) Min. 1-1/4" (32mm) Upper Manifold Framing 1-1/4" (32mm) Clearance from Top, Sides Ceiling +1-3/4" (45mm)i and Back to Combustibles 3/4" (20mm) f Min. 1-1/2" (39mmi Manifold 3-3/4" ./ I (96mm) u II Nu Manifold Support Bracket Lower Manifold Framing M Max. 3-1/2" Min. 1" (26mm) Clearance from in. 3-1/2" (89mm) (89mm) Flex Duct to Combustibles Max. 1-1/2" (39mm) Max. 120" (3048mm) Fireplace Header Max. 3-1/2" (89mm) Min. 73-3/4" (1874mm) Min. 1/2" (13mm) * i Min. 3-1/2" (89mm) 1 Max. 3" (77mm) ProBuilder 36 CF 5" (127mm) Alum. Flex Duct (included) Fireplace *This area may be supported using 1" strips pf non-combustible material spaced a minimum of 12" 5-ki.jr, RECEIVED RCACMCUYHMXfE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3WIR4342 022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 72 Installation (for qualified installers only) CoolSmart TV - Framing the Chase When using this kit, disregard the framing dimensions in the manual and follow the framing instructions shown below. ' PB36CF 26-1/2" 674mm Braces for Manifold Support Brackets 3-3/4" I <\ Bottom of Upper 96mm � 4/,op, Manifold Framing M a/;foi <o�or� cY,�rdmi d/iif\ ig Max. 120" %yF 1 rd 8-1/2" 3048mm /oh, 216mm Min. 73-3/4" 1874mm 41" 10 i �✓ 1042mm PB 36CF37-3/8" 950mm �✓ 15-1/4" �/ 388mm rhSWE5/2022D RECEIVED CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB364F/1464 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 73 CoolSmart TV - Fireplace Preparation 1 Remove the knockouts from the top of the fireplace. 2 Use snips or diagonal cutters to snip the tab on the knockouts. Press on the far side away from the tap to pop the edge of the knockout up. f i <n r ,.,.. , s _ 3 Grab on to the knockout with pliers and bend it back and forth until the remaining tabs break free. Discard the knock out plate. t I VIP" OAP- ..:,' '•„,.... i. ' 4 Under each knock out plate, you will find a cover plate held in place with (2) 1/4"screws. Use a nut driver or drill with an extension to remove the (2)screws. Reach in and remove the cover plate. You may discard the plates. r ° p RECEIVED 12/0CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3EP(/112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 74 Installation (for qualified installers only) 5 Install the Convection Air Deflectors. The (2) deflectors must be installed prior to attaching the CoolSmart kit. After removing the cover plates, install the deflectors as shown below. i f Note how the r iis ii it, deflectors points ' , downward to the rear. Deflectors are installed here. 6 Insert a starter collar into each of the (2) holes that were uncovered in the previous step and bend the tabs to secure the starter collar to the fireplace. Seal the joints with silicone caulk or aluminum (U.L. 181A-P)tape. , 4 Starter Collar Use silicone to seal the' i )1( starter collar to the top r of the fireplace. °o ; fo: v Bend the tabs on the 1� bottom of the starter �`�`�� collar up to lock it in `� place. d d 7 Install the fireplace into the framed chase. r ° RECEIVED 12/0CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3E4/I 2 U22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation (for qualified installers only) 75 Using oval pipe to get past an obstruction 5"Flex to C If a situation arises that obstructs the 5" 7-3/4" oldmart M CoolSmart flex vent runs (such as Mannifold getting past a minimum sideways 5°round to 6" vent)you may transition the 5"flex oval adapter vent to a ridged nominal 6" oval pipe to get past the obstruction. Transition 3" back to the 5" round flex and continue 6°oval to the manifold. pipe 7-3/4" The adapters and ridged pipe should be factory ovalized, not field ovalized. 5" 5"round to 6" oval adapter NOTE: All clearances to combustibles 5must be maintained. to Flex 5" T to fireplace 3" CoolSmart TV - Reduced Mantel Height When using this kit, disregard the combustible mantel requirements in the manual and follow the requirements shown to the right. If you wish to place a TV above the mantel, it must meet the following requirements: • Minimum 1" air gap behind TV to wall. • The mantel must extend 2" in front of the TV and 1"to both sides. 1111 Maximum Mantel Depth(b)With L CoolSmart TV Kit ' � 6c� Fc� Fb ah Fc�,�FoFoN n N v ^ o h ^ o 47"(1194mm) •••••••••••• 46"(1169mm) •••••••••••• 45"(1143mm) •••••••••••• 44"(1118mm) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ 43"(1093mm) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ 42"(1067mm) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ Mantel Height 41"(1042mm) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ Above Base(a)With 40"(1016mm)) ■■■■■■■■■■■■ CoolSmart TV Kit 38"(966mm) ■■■■■■■■••',37"(9 37"(9 )41mmmm) ■■■■■■•,,•■■ 35"(890mm) �ENEFREINEEME Combustible Facing 34"(864mm) (Min. 35"890mm above 0 base of fireplace) Min. 35" ProBuilder 36 Non-Combustible 890mm Facing Only CF Fireplace RECEIVED 12/05/2022 FORCOOCCO NICE ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3O( 112022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 76 Index Additional Items Required 8 Massachusetts Requirements 9 Air Shutter Adjustment 45 Minimum Framing Dimensions 11 Altitude Considerations 25 Optional Equipment Installation 8 Approved Termination 25 Packing List 8 Approved Vent 25 Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer(GSB & GSR Barrier Screen Visual Deflector Adjustment 52 units) 49 Class A Chimney Conversion 32 Pilot Fuel Conservation Timer(MV units) 48 Clearances 10 Raised Fireplaces 10 Corner Installations 18 Recommended Installation Procedure 8 Diffuser 27 Restrictor Position 26 Dimensions 7 Rock Wool Placement 61 Electrical Connection 23 Safety Warnings 5 Ember bed Glass and Ember Material Shipping Retaining Nut Removal 53 Installation (GSR2 ONLY) 60 Starting the Pilot 47 Fireplace Placement Requirements 10 Steps for Finalizing the Installation 44 Fuel 21 Termination Requirements 33 Gas Line Connection 21 Vent Clearances 25 Gas Line Location 22 Vent Configuration Gas Line Requirements 21 Horizontal Termination with Vertical Rise 30 Glass Frame Removal and Installation 50 Vertical Termination 29 Hearth Requirements 34 Vent Configurations 28 Heating Specifications 7 Vent Firestop 25 Installation Options 7 Vent Installation 26 Location of Controls 46 Vent Requirements 25 Log Set Installation 54 Vinyl Flooring Hearth Requirements 35 LP Conversion Instructions 62 Wiring Diagram - GSB2 69 Mantel Column Clearances 42 Wiring Diagram - GSR2 70 Mantel Requirements 42 Wiring Diagram - MV 68 Masonry Chimney Conversions 31 5 EVENED RECEIVED It CM ©Travis Industries 10/15/21 - 1488 PB3 I 2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSTALLER: Leave this manual with the appliance. CONSUMER: (milSZ- CP Retain this manual for future reference. WARNING: If the information in these instructions is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property TOWN & COUNTRY damage, personal injury or death. FIREPLACES TM FOR YOUR SAFETY Do not store or use gasoline or other TC30 flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. INSTALLATION WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS AND OPERATING • Do not try to light any appliance. INSTRUCTIONS • Do not touch any electrical switch; • Do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbour's phone. Follow the gas - supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier call - 1111 / .. Mill the fire department. Installation and service must be performed by P0 a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. h This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket a , permanently located, manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home, where not prohibited by :� local codes. -lr This appliance is only for use with the type of gas - - "T_,__ v3 indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certified kit is used. This appliance is suitable for installation in a MODEL bedroom or bed sitting room TC30 We endorse NFl NATIONAL SERIES C 0 US FIREPLACE4,11014, INSTITUTE' MODULAR III CT VENT Intertek FIREPLArg 22g 08/25/2022 090610-44 TC3O_CE 5056.429 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Table of Contents Caution 3 Safety 3 Massachusetts Rules and Regulations 4 Fireplace Dimensions 5 Minimum Clearances to Combustible Material 5 Installation Requirements 6 Manufactured (Mobile) Home 6 Window Frame Removal 6 Top Standoffs 7 Locating The Fireplace 7 Framing and Finishing 8 TC30 Steel Stud Framing Kit 10 Hearth Extension 12 Maestro Control — Plumbing and Electrical 13 Gas Supply 15 Gas Pressure Check 15 Venting 16 Wall Termination Venting 16 Wall Termination Venting Chart 19 Roof Termination Venting Chart 20 Vent Terminal Clearance 23 Vent Terminal Minimum Clearances 23 Vent Pipe Sealant 24 Vent Restrictor Adjustment 25 Firebox Panels Installation 26 Finishing Touch Trim Kit Instructions 27 Lighting Instructions 28 First Fire 28 Maestro Control System 29 Remote Control Initial Setup 29 Maestro Control System - Operation 30 APPENDIX Maintenance 33 TC30 Replacement Parts 34 Replacement Parts — Maestro Control System 35 Wiring Diagram 36 Wall Termination Kit 37 Wall Shield/Ceiling Firestop Thimble 37 Roof Termination Kit 37 Vent Pipe Dimensions 38 Vent Offset Chart 39 Safety Label Location 40 r 5 � RECEIVED CM TC�� 08/25/2022 &V TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 2 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Caution FOR YOUR SAFETY - Do not install or operate your Town & Country fireplace without first reading and understanding this manual. Any installation or operational deviation from the following instructions voids the Town & Country FireplacesTM Warranty and may prove hazardous. This appliance and its individual shut off valve must be disconnected from gas supply piping system during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psig NATIONAL (3.5 kPa). NFI FIREPLACE This appliance must be isolated from the gas supply piping system by closing its individual INSTITUTE manual shut off valve during any pressure testing of the gas supply piping system at test A CERTIFICATION AGENCY pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig (3.5 kPa). Note: When lit for the first time, the appliance will emit a slight odour for a couple of hours. We recommend that our gas hearth This is due to the curing of paints,sealants and lubricants used in the manufacturing process. products be installed and serviced This condition is temporary. Open doors and windows to ventilate area. Smoke and fumes by professionals who are certified caused by the curing process may cause discomfort to some individuals. in the United States by the National Fireplace Institute (NFI)as NFI Gas Do not use the fireplace if any part has been under water.Immediately call a qualified service Specialists technician to inspect the fireplace and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. Safety Due to high temperatures, this gas appliance should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. Children and adults should be alerted to the hazards of high surface temperatures AINARNIN. and should stay away to avoid burns or clothing ignition. HOT GLASS WILL Young children should be carefully supervised when they are in the same room as CAUSE BURNS. the appliance. DO NOT TOUCH GLASS Clothing or other flammable material should not be placed on or near the appli- UNTIL COOLED. ance. / NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN TO TOUCH GLASS. Any grill, panel or door removed for servicing the unit must be replaced prior to — operating. Failure to do so may create a hazardous condition. Installation and repair should be done by a qualified service person. The appliance should be inspected before use and at least annually by a professional service person. More frequent cleaning may be required due to excessive lint from carpeting,bedding material,etc. It is imperative that control compartments,burners and circulating air passageways of the appliance be kept clean. It is our policy that no responsibility is assumed by the Company or by any of its employees or representatives for any damages caused by an inoperable,inadequate, or unsafe condition which is the result,either directly or indirectly,of any improper operation or installation procedures. This appliance must not be connected to a chimney flue serving a separate solid fuel burning appliance. on EVENED RECEIVED ,12/05/2022 FOROOOMNFII IIIE; 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL ,g4� 3 ff�� r ��VV BUILDING DEPARTMENT Important Note for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts: From Massachusetts Rules and Regulations 248 CMR 5.08: (a) For all side wall horizontally vented gas fuelled equipment installed in every dwelling,building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes,including those owned or operated by the Commonwealth and where the side wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven(7)feet above finished grade in the area of the venting,including but not limited to decks and porches,the following requirements shall be satisfied. 1. INSTALLATION OF CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS. At the time of installation of the side wall horizontal vented gas fuelled equipment,the installing plumber or gas fitter shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back-up is installed on the floor level where the gas equipment is to be installed,in addition,the installing plumber or gas fitter shall observe that a battery operated or hard-wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm is installed on each additional level of the dwelling,building or structure served by the side wall horizontal vented gas fuelled equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to secure the services of qualified licensed professionals for the installation of hard-wired carbon monoxide detectors. a. In the event that the side wall horizontally vented gas fuelled equipment is installed in a crawl space or an attic,the hard-wired carbon monoxide detector with alarm and battery back-up may be installed on the next adjacent floor level. b. In the event that the requirements of this subdivision cannot be met at the time of completion of installation,the owner shall have a period of thirty (30)days to comply with the above requirements;provided,however,that during said thirty(30)day period,a battery operated carbon monoxide detec- tor with an alarm shall be installed. 2. APPROVED CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS. Each carbon monoxide detector as required in accordance with the above provisions shall comply with NFPA 720 and be ANSI/UL 2034 listed as IAS certified. 3. SIGNAGE. A metal or plastic identification plate shall be permanently mounted to the exterior of the building at a minimum height of eight(8)feet above grade directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for the horizontally vented gas fuelled heating appliance or equipment. The sign shall read,in print size no less than one-half(1/2)inch in size,"GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS': 4. INSPECTION. The state or local gas inspector of the side wall horizontally vented gas fuelled equipment shall not approve the installation unless, upon inspection,the inspector observes carbon monoxide detectors and signage installed in accordance with the provisions of 248 CMR 5.089(2)(a)1 through 4. (b) EXEMPTIONS. The following equipment is exempt from 248 CMR 5.089(2)(a) 1 through 4. 1. The equipment listed in Chapter 10 entitled"Equipment Not Required To Be Vented"in the most current edition of NFPA 54 as adopted by the Board;and 2. Product Approved side wall horizontal vented gas fuelled equipment installed in a room or structure separate from the dwelling,building or struc- ture used in whole or in part for residential purposes. (c) MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS—GAS EQUIPMENT VENTING SYSTEM PROVIDED. When the manufacturer of Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas equipment provides a venting system design or venting system components with the equipment,the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation of the equipment and the venting system shall include: 1. Detailed instructions for the installation of the venting system design or the venting system components;and 2. A complete parts list for the venting system design or venting system. (d) MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS—GAS EQUIPMENT VENTING SYSTEM NOT PROVIDED. When the manufacturer of a Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fuelled equipment does not provide the parts for venting the fuel gases,but identifies"special venting systems','the fol- lowing requirements shall be satisfied by the manufacturer. 1. The referenced"special venting system"instructions shall be included with the appliance or equipment installation instructions;and 2. The"special venting systems"shall be Product Approved by the Board,and the instructions for that system shall include a parts list and detailed installation instructions. (e) A copy of all installation instructions for all Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fuelled equipment,all venting instructions,all parts lists for venting instructions,and/or all venting design instructions shall remain with the appliance or equipment at the completion of the installation. o RECEIVED j�12/05/2022 RORCOOEC MIVIIEi ° 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 4 ASPLN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Fireplace Dimensions lg. •1 - 22 3/8 11 9/16 • 4 1/2 8 1/4 - 431/2 - GAS INLET 8 as I�� FL 36 15/16 28 9/16 -- I �_ flL mit051/8 401/4 � I � �•--���� --- GAS7NLET jj 22 5/16 28 9/16 ,cr,�. A 32 MI GAS PNLE'f .,r _ I�all 85/16 - 311/2 LINTEL HEIGHT 311/2 -- Mill 53/16 LINTEL WIDTH Minimum Clearances to Combustible Material Fig.#2 NON-COMBUSTIBLE ZONE. COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING AND STEEL FRAMING DO NOT INSTALL ANY COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, FINISH WALL ABOVE STANDOFFS ELECTRICAL WIRING OR GAS PLUMBING IN THIS STANDOFFS AREA. MAY USE COMBUSTIBLE FACING MATERIAL IN THIS AREA A MANTEL CLEARANCE NON-COMBUSTIBLE \plr i% CHART FINISH MATERIAL D " MANTEL CLEARANCE SEE FIG#8&#9 � ��0ii . „ 4 E � A 12 A F •/, Mr% I C 6" TOP OF LINTEL BAR 4 ** MANTEL DEPTH D 12" FIREPLACE FRONT E il , E 6 3/4" F 1 1/2" Fig.#3 CEILING Minimum Clearances: Side standoffs 0 in. (0 mm) MANTEL Back standoffs 0 in. (0 mm) Top standoffs 0 in. (0 mm) Za„ ADJACENT WALL Bottom of appliance 0 in. (0 mm) OR MANTEL SUPPORT * Adjacent side wall 4 in. (102 mm) Ceiling to appliance 24 in. (610 mm) a" "Mantel to appliance See Figure#2 **Maximum Mantel extension .. See Figure#2 2810 Mantel support 4 in. (102 mm) Vertical vent pipe 1 3/4"in 5 UNITN MAY BE RECESSEDA UP TO 6"WITH nt \/E D -NON-COMBUSTIBLE MASONRY TYPE MATERIAL Horizontal Vent pipe(Top,sides + l;r 3/4" 12/05/2022 Li FORCOYiC(MIVIiE 08/25/q22 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL�C,gh'S,� 5 f� BUILDING DEPARTMENT Installation Requirements The Town & Country Fireplace installation and venting must conform to the current National Gas&Propane installation code CAN/CSA B149.1 (in Canada)or the current National Fuel Gas Code,NFPA/ANSI Z223.1(in the USA),and approved per local codes. Only qualified(licensed or trained)personnel should install this product. In the state of Massachusetts, only a licensed Plumber and Gas Fitter may install this product. Fig.#4 • Manufactured (Mobile) Home In some jurisdictions,the Town&Country Fireplace may be installed in Manufactured Homes after the "first sale". Consult local codes for approval. The fireplace must be fastened in place. Install in accordance with the current standard Mobile Homes, CAN/CSA Z240 MH (in CANADA), and the Manufacturer's Home Construction and Safety Standard,Title 24 CFR, Part 3280 or the current Standard for Fire Safety Criteria for Manufactured Home Installa- tions, Sites and Communities ANSI/NFPA 501A(in the USA). Fig.#5 Window Frame Removal • Warning: Turn off the fireplace, and allow ample time for the unit to cool before proceeding. Caution: The ceramic glass is very fragile, and should be handled with care. The window frame is held in place by two spring-loaded latches that are operated by a one-piece latch handle. 1. Remove the TC Finishing Touch Trim Kit from the window frame.(If installed) 2. Using a screwdriver or other similar object, push against the notch in the top of the latch and grab the bottom of the latch handle as it protrudes.Lift handle until latch hook disengages.Repeat for other side while holding glass so it does not tip out.Fig#4,5& 5a. 3. Tilt the top of the window frame out to clear the top edge of the unit.Grasp the sides of the frame and lift up and out to disengage from its bottom track. LATCH HANDLE 4. Place the window frame in a safe place to avoid damage. Fig.#5a F. 5. Re-assemble in reverse order.Latch handle should snap into place and be flush with window frame when engaged correctly. TIP: To ensure glass is properly latched, grasp the top left and right sides of the glass frame, under moderate pressure it should pull forward and return to original position evenly on both sides. 6. Reinstall Trim Kit if required. AM5 ) RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 6 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Top Standoffs The top standoffs are shipped loose inside Fig.#6 the fireplace and must be installed on top of the fireplace as shown in Fig #6. Do this TOP STANDOFFS once the fireplace is on site and in position. it '' 01 ,..,..,,,..,,,01::i. 0, ' '. ''. -., ,T i 1 ilit t Locating The Fireplace In planning the installation for the fireplace, it is necessary to determine where the unit is to be installed, location of vent system and where gas supply piping may be plumbed.Various installations are possible, such as, into an existing wall, a corner, a built-in wall or a wall projection (Fig #7). Due to high temperatures, do not locate this fireplace in areas of high traffic or near furniture or draperies. The minimum clearances from the fireplace to combustible surfaces must be adhered to and are shown in Fig#2 and Fig#3. Fig.#7 - l-a . / rib.% ,® - 1 - EXAMPLES OF COMMON LOCATIONS SEE FIG#11 FOR DIMENSIONS re:— ---Ili'-- - 0 4 :7' --_,0 — J — 6inn RECEIVED pL12/05/2022 COECOCECUMNICE _°P 08/25/�9 7 F' 22 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL $., BUILDING DEPARTMENT Framing and Finishing Note: The fireplace should be in place position.Securethesteelframetotheframing Chase Insulation: When installing this and venting installed before framing in or brackets on each side of the unit.Ensure that fireplace against a non-insulated exterior wall building an enclosure around the unit. the studs are set back far enough to allow or chase, it is recommended that the outer for thickness of finishing surface. walls be insulated to same degree as other The Town & Country fireplace must be exterior walls.Do not place fireplace directly framed in as described below or totally en- The sides, back and top of the fireplace can against the insulation. Cover the insulation closed with non-combustible material, such be framed in up to the steel studs and the and plasticvapourbarrierwith a solid surface, as facing brick. fireplace standoffs using conventional such as dry wall (sheet rock).Consult local lumber. Consult local building codes for codes.Do not insulate or use plastic vapour Determine the total thickness of facing specific requirements. barrier within the framing kit. material to be used.A thickness of 3/4" will allow the finishing surface to be flush with Due to high temperatures,non-combustible the front of the unit. If preferred, additional backer board is supplied with the fireplace NOTE: masonry type non-combustible material can and must be used to sheet in the front of the be installed above and to the sides up to 6 fireplace, extending 12"above and 5 7/8"to The chase must be properly inches proud of the appliance. the side of the framing edge bars. (Fig #9) The finishing material must not interfere Standard sheet rock(dry wall) may be used sealed at the ceiling level or with glass frame access or movement. beyond this. between floors in a multilevel installation. A Steel Stud Framing Kit is supplied with the If the backer board is not to be finished with fireplace and must be used unless the other non-combustible material such as tiles, fireplace is totally enclosed with it is recommended that top sections of board See "Ceiling Firestop" section. non-combustible material. Assemble the supplied with framing kit be replaced with framing kit as perthe instructions on pages 10 a single sheet of non-combustible board. &11 of this manual.Attach the steel frame to Taped and mudded joints may crack due to the fireplace once the fireplace is in its final the elevated temperatures. Fig.#8 NON-COMBUSTIBLE ZONE.DO NOT INSTALL ANY STEEL STUD FRAMING KIT DIMENSIONS COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, ELECTRICAL WIRING, INSU- (Supplied with fireplace) LATION, PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER OR GAS PLUMBING WITHIN THE STEEL STUD FRAMING ALL OTHER FRAMING CAN BE DONE WITH 43 1/2" CONVENTIONAL LUMBER 111111 Aitlo • 28 1/4" ° ®� r i0#11 5 7/8" o � 40 1/4" RECEIVED 12,09,2022 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 8 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Fig.#9 /g.#9 NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD IF THE BACKER BOARD IS NOT TO BE FINISHED WITH OTHER NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL SUCH NON-COMBUSTIBLE 1114i41� AS TILES, IT IS RECOMMENDED BOARD ` THAT TOP SECTIONS OF BOARD NqoSUPPLIED WITH FRAMING KIT BE IIIIIII REPLACED WITH A SINGLE SHEET OF NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD. TAPED i, AND MUDDED JOINTS MAY CRACK DUE NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS TO THE ELEVATED TEMPERATURES. IIII MUST EXTEND 12"ABOVE AND 5 7/8"TO THE SIDES OF THE FRAMING EDGES. Fig.#10 r�;`, NON-COMBUSTIBLE RECESSED 0" INSTALLATION DETAIL d- P '1: , ; -, 1 -. �r iuin . :,' ' hC., Y 'ii. NON-COMBUSTIBLE a a ,'����AI_` : )or. H 8 BOARD , ,;;':, IwIII 1 STEEL STUDS „—INHT—ILmi II� r6„ '70*TOPSI 1 NON-COMBUSTIBLE MASONRY TYPE MATERIAL FULL SHEET OF A NON- COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL (NOT INCLUDED IN KIT) ig. •11 MINIMUM COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING DIMENSIONS 283/16 iw 55 1/2 Am" 36 15 16 _ — MWE 43 1/2111 28 13 16 I,' r 1 Including Sheetrock 11 ',. .. i co› �� , ll*--___ 10 3/4 �� '' 40 1/4\::\ �` 551/221 3/4 ��\ I OEU \��/ e l 43 1 2 e 781 2 ] �` 1 1 9/16J `� `�—'I F 43 1/2 I : , ,. 4i- J i i11I 4-NOTE: FIREPLACE SHOULD BE IN ITS FINAL LOCATION BEFORE FRAMING. �J l(� �r-j 1:/ee/zezz ICJ RORMACUM =ma 08/25/�4 9 F22 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLA $$.)' BUILDING DEPARTMENT TC30 Steel Stud Framing Kit TC30.FRKIT Each Kit Contains: Item Part# Description Qty. 1 5049.9912 SCREW,TEKS Pkg #8 x 1/2" 40 O2 9094 STUD,SIDES, 401/4"L 2 O3 9094.501 STUD,OUTER SIDES,40 1/4"L 2 O � 4 9096 STUD,CENTER, 12"L 1 ® 11 5 9295 STUD, HEADER, 43 1/2"L 1 6 9295.5 STUD, PLATE, O351/16"L 1 7 9294.5 BASE PLATE, © 5 3/4"L 2 8 9298 NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD, OTOP 12"x 43 1/2" 1 9 9298.5 NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD, SIDE 5 7/8"x 28 1/4" 2 ® 10 10 5049.993 SCREW,DRYWALL, Pkg 1 1/4" 30 O Fig.#12 1. Top Frame Assembly • Lay out side studs (2) and center stud (4)on a large flat surface.(Fig#12) 0 • Using the screws provided(1),attach the header stud(5)and the plate stud(6)to the center stud (4). . :. 1111 i 0 0 CAUTION Edges are sharp,always wear gloves when working with sheet metal. Ta:� 5 D RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi (Si) 08/25/2022 q TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 10 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT 2.Attach Side Studs(Legs) Fig.#13 • Attach the outer side studs(3)to the top of the header stud (5).(Fig#13) iFrT • Fasten the outer side studs(3)at the bottom using the base plates (7). .1 3.Attach the Assembled Frame to Fig.#14 the Unit • Align the assembled frame to the unit framing brackets. (Fig #14) Attach at .I c the fastening points through the ,-•' 46 • access holes in the outer side studs II �i II'�j (3). / o 4.Secure to Existing Framing `I \� 1.1111P:1:111411111111111111.1'F3ramikn • Secure the frame assembly to existing t framing through the stud header(5)and the stud plates(7). 0 N ` Access holes to mounting screws Fig.#15 5. Install non-combustible Board Top and Sides • Use drywall screws(10)to install the Ithir — � �,; non-combustible board top(8)and sides (9). A �1 (Fig#15) � 1�, lk) til :01 A 0 -'*N. BeD RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIE; "m' 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLiC & 11 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Hearth Extension WINDOW FRAME 1" MAX 1111111111111 1/4" SUB- HEARTH FLOOR EXTENSION WINDOW TRACK Caution: While a hearth extension is not required and combustible flooring materials may be brought directly up to the fireplace,many materials(such as wood flooring)may nottoleratethe radiant heat from thisfireplace,resulting in discoloration,shrinking and cracking.For this reason,we suggest a non-combustible hearth that is no more than 1"above the bottom of the fireplace.If thicker,fireplace must be raised accordingly. Caution:Hearth extensions thicker than 1"will interfere with the window frame when opening. This fireplace may be recessed up to a Fig.#20b maximum depth of 6','this recess must \\\\\\\ be constructed from non combustible material. The space between the ,a outside framing edge and the firebox must be completely free of any obstructions or debris and the window, FRAMING with trim fitted, must be able to move EDGES freely.No building material is permitted to protrude past the framing edges GLASS attached to the fireplace under ANY FRAME circumstance. NON COMBUSTIBLE FINISH MATERIAL i 3 a EE IVED itliCOOMNOPIONCE 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC30_CE 090610-44 12 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Maestro Control - Plumbing and Electrical ACCESS PANEL The gas control system is located on the right hand side of the firebox behind an access Fig.#21 panel and the decorative firebox panel (if installed).The fireplace is operated via a wall control and a hand held remote control unit. , C • 1 r The wall control is connected to the fireplace by a 25 ft.communication cable supplied with the �/ fireplace.The communication cable can be extended with an optional 25 ft.extension kit. 17 0X ., ,r __ Installation L SE 1. Place the fireplace in the desired location. 2. Remove the window from the fireplace. y �e r 3. Remove access panel from right hand side of the firebox(Fig#21) Fig.#22 P 11, •- . \ I ' 4. Connect a 110 V.AC electrical supply to the outlet installed inside the control box IS >�*z .• 1 ' (Fig#22) i. C � I 1 y"*N Aftele OUTLET ` O ' Fig.#23 5. Connect the gas supply to the valve (Fig#23) II 1 . 11 4, lr. .‘ Q .. -- .._. •ii.,..„0_, 1 't - IIIINI GAS CONNECTION . k(.., 1v 6. Plug the A/C adaptor into the outlet(Fig#24) Fig.#24p1 If '' 7Attach the electrical box for the supplied wall control to the framing in the desired ii 11 location (up to 50 ft.away).(25 ft is supplied with fireplace.An additional 25 ft can be achieved by using the optional kit(Part#5005.064)available from your distributor). I,ryry- µM".**.M111,•1.MMYYMYY MM M I.+ NC ADAPTER If ,1�� '', ` 4 LI . ri) PCACOtEU MPIONCE 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL�C � 13 ff�� h' ��VV BUILDING DEPARTMENT 8. Route the communication cable as required to the wall control electrical box. Fig.#25 9. Attach the communication cable to the wall control.(Fig.#25) 10. Insert the 4 supplied"AA'batteries into the battery pack and connect to wall control. (Fig.#26) 11. Fasten the wall switch to the electrical box. 12. Fasten the faceplate to switch 13. If not already installed, install the burner and media set using the instructions supplied with the burner kit. :416 14. Turn on the gas supply and check that all connections are tight and leak free. Fig.#26 15. Turn on gas and electrical supplies. 16. Press the center button on the wall control (Fig.#27).The igniter will start to spark. After a short time the pilot will light,followed by the main burner. Fig.#27 17. Press the up button (Fig. #28) on the wall control and hold it for 5 seconds or 0 until a clicking sound is heard from the gas control. Release the button, check OWN.&.COUNiC manifold pressure and ensure that it's WW correct. (Refer to Burner installation manual) ►; 18. Press the center button of the wall control. Fig.#28 The fireplace will shut off. 0 o o 0 19. Install the remaining screws in the access TOWN&COI 1,-FR, panel and tighten. WE' 20. Remove the pressure gauge and the A extension test fitting and thread the 0 pressure test port plug into the pressure v test port.Thread sealant is required on the threads.(Refer to Burner installation [0 manual) 21. Turn the fireplace on and verify that 0 the connections are tight. Standing Pilot Function (Only for use where permitted) Fig.#29 The control system on this fireplace is set to operate as electronic ignition. If required the Q+ system can be converted to a standing pilot by depressing a recessed button located on the lower right hand side of the wall control.(Fig.#29)This should be depressed with a paperclip, TOWN.&COUNT], pencil or other thin object.Once activated the pilot will run continuously.Please check with FINEPL„CE< your local inspector to ensure that this is permitted in your area. A LEARN BUTTON 111111111• 0 • e STANDING PILOT BUTTON EIV D i r CCU'_"vv�i, • �I RORCOOMMONCE 08/25/2022 Tkt TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 14 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Gas Supply Caution: The gas line should be installed by a qualified service person in accordance with all building codes.This section is intended as a guide for qualified technicians installing this appliance.Consult local and/or national building codes before proceeding. Gas supply line access holes are located at the top and side of the Control Box.Gas valve GAS VALVE INLET inlet accepts a 3/8" N.P.T.fitting.Correct gas line diameter must be used to assure proper operation and pressure. The fireplace has an input rate of 35,000 BTU/HR on both Natural Gas and Propane. Fig.#29b IA! AI J It is essential that a union or flanged connection be installed just upstream of the o valve and inside the control compartment to allow for repair or replacement of the - o,. S gas valve. 1 Check local codes for additional requirements. 1. Connect the gas supply to the valve (Fig.#29b) ";�; r 2. Turn on the gas supply and check that all connections are tight and leak free. < 3 NN 1 WARNING:The access panel including gasket must be +► 1, reinstalled after conversion/installation or servicing �' NIC17 M 1 has been completed. Failure to do so will cause (7 overheating and premature failure of the control system. Gas Pressure Check Note:To test the gas pressure,turn off the gas supply before removing the plug from the supply pressure test port or manifold pressure test port. Verify gas pressures with the fireplace lit and on the highest setting. Fig.#30 • Please refer to the Burner Installation Manual for gas pressure testing procedure. Correct gas pressure requirement: Natural Gas Propane SUPPLY Min. Pressure 5.0"WC 12.5"WC PRESSURE (For purpose of input adjustment) MANIFOLD Max. Pressure 13.9"WC 13.9"WC PRESSURE I Manifold Pressure I Maximum 3.8"WC 11"WC = I Minimum 2.1 WC 5.5 WC I IA 15 D RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIE; ".' 08/25/ 922 I TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLgio 15 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Venting Before installing venting for this unit, the installer should read these instructions to insure that the proper vent configuration has been selected. Use only Town and Country Termination kits#: TCVT.WTA-Wall Termination Kit TCVT.RTA- Roof Termination Kit Vent system components approved for use with the Town and Country Fireplace are shown in Fig.#33. NOTE: Optional Power Vent (TCVT.PVB1) requires different venting. Please refer to Power Vent manual. Various combinations of vertical and horizontal runs may be used. Refer to Fig. #35 and 36 for details. For optimum performance and flame appearance, keep the vent length to a minimum and limit the number of elbows.Connections between each vent system component must be tightly joined, secured with sheet metal screws and sealed with high temperature self adhesive tape.A horizontal run of vent should have a 1/4" rise for every 1 ft. of run towards the termination. VENT SUPPORTS: A minimum of 1 support every 4'must be used. CAUTION: UNDER NO CONDITION SHOULD COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL BE CLOSER THAN 1 3/4 INCHES FROM THE TOP AND 1 3/4 INCHES FROM THE SIDES OF A HORIZONTAL SECTION AND 1 3/4 INCHES FROM THE VERTICAL SECTIONS OF THE VENT PIPE. Wall Termination Venting Exterior wall opening: Determine the exact position of the fireplace so that the vent pipe is centred (if possible) between two building framing members.Consult your local building codes prior to proceed- ing.The vent kit will accommodate up to a maximum wall thickness of 12 inches. 1. Having determined the position of the fireplace, cut and frame a 14 1/2 inch opening centred at a minimum height of 52 7/16 inches above the floor.The opening may be round or square.Height of the opening will vary with each installation.As the horizontal vent run increases, so does the minimum vertical rise (see Fig.#35). IMPORTANT: When locating the opening, it should be noted that vent terminal clearances must be maintained. See "Vent Terminal Clearances" section for proper clearances. A minimum 1 foot length of pipe is required before the first elbow off the top of the fireplace for any wall termination.With this minimum vertical rise in combination with a 90°elbow, a maximum horizontal run of 24 inches past the elbow is permitted (see Fig.#34&#35). For longer horizontal runs increase vertical rise appropriately. The rise and run must be constrained to the boundaries of the chart shown in Fig.#35.The horizontal run of vent must have a 1/4" rise for every 1 ft.of run towards the termination. 6D RECEIVED It RORCOOEC MIVIIEi O 08/25/2022 tt TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 16 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Fig.#31 Fig.#32 TRIM TO LENGTH/ -40 °1111111th, WALL THIMBLE AND VENT MUST NOT PROTRUDE BEYOND SIDING Wall thimble: Where a vent pipe passes through a combustible wall, a wall thimble/shield must be used to retain insulation and maintain proper clearances.The wall thimble may be cut to length for various wall thicknesses up to 12"thick. Measure the wall thickness including the siding.Trim the shield to match the wall thickness. Position the wall thimble from inside through the 14-1/2" opening. Properly adjusted, the thimble should be flush with the outer wall surface. Fig.#33 Vent System Components Town & Country 12" Pipe Length TCVT.811X12 18" Pipe Length TCVT.811X18 24" Pipe Length TCVT.811X24 48" Pipe Length TCVT.811X48 12"Adjustable Pipe Length TCVT.811X12ADJ 45° Elbow TCVT.811XLB45 90° Elbow TCVT.811 XLB90 Wall/Offset Support TCVT.811XOS *A minimum of 1 support every 4'must be used." Wall Termination Kit TCVT.WTA Roof Termination Kit TCVT.RTA Wall Shield/Ceiling Firestop TCVT.THIMA Roof Flashing,Adjustable TCVT.811 FLADJ Roof Flashing, Flat TCVT.811 FLFLT Roof Flashing, Steep TCVT.811 FLSTP or any flashing that fits 11" pipe , n RECEIVE FORCORCIAINNICE 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL $., 17 ' BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent pipe: Install vent pipe through the wall thimble and attach to flue outlet collar on top of the fireplace. Secure all joints with screws and seal with approved "High Temp."self-adhesive aluminum tape provided. Adjust the fireplace position so that the vent pipe does not protrude beyond the outer wall.The vent connector on the termination will accomodate walls up to 12"thick. Wall vent terminal: 1) Engage the terminal with the vent pipe and slide terminal into place. Ensure that both inner and outer pipes are fully engaged and then attach the terminal to the outside wall. The vent terminal must not be recessed into the exterior wall or siding. 2) Caulk in place to prevent any moisture entering the building. NOTE: MINIMUM CLEARANCES TO THE VENT TERMINAL MUST BE MAINTAINED (see Fig.#40&41). Fig.#34 141/2" FRAMED OPENING WALL SHIELD THIMBLE TCVT.THIMA O i UP TO 24" VENT PIPE \ TCVT.811X24 i ! -ORIZONTAL ELBOW TERMINAL TCVT.811 XLB90 " TCVT.9360 1 1 ''''' ' '''-----' "O 12"VENT PIPE,:„.,..,--,2, 71*,4 * 52 7/16 41 TCVT.811X12 f .r *Minimum height from the floor to center of the opening with a maximum horizontal run of 34 5/16" using a 24" pipe.The height will need to be increased with a longer horizontal run. G 12/05/2022 ITSCOOMMUNICE Ott 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 18 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Wall Termination Venting Chart Fig.#35 ** A B C D C Minimum rise Pipe length Maximum run Pipe length Max. HD 52 7/16" 1 x 12" 34 5/16" 1 x 24" 110e1=4 64 7/16" 1 x 24" 46 5/16" 1 x 24"+ 1 x12" 7 = B 74 11/16" 1 x 24"+ 1 x 12" 166 5/16" 3 x 48"+ 1 x12" A i __ 80 11/16" 1 x 24"+ 1 x 18" 226 5/16" 4 x 48" + 1 x24" 87 11/16" 1 x 48" 250 5/16" 5 x 48" — For other rise/run combinations see chart below **All dimensions are approximate. Both rise and run may vary with different combinations of pipe. 48' MAX. 1 1 1 ♦ 1 L L J F 1 I- 1 I I ' I I I I I I 46' T + T + I- 1 -I- + 1 -IF T H 1 , F I , I I 1 I ' J i r T 1 , + + 1 i 1 o i i i 1 ' i , -F t f i i l- t ' ti 44' • j- 1 � � I I I i 'i r 1 r Y T T 1 r , -- --------- 1 1 1 1 42' Y t , F I 1 I _ -, t i r Y r I 1 , J f Y 1 - 1 I i 10' 1- r 1 T 1 J- L J 1 t , I- T l L 1 1 . 1 I I 1 -r T l, r 4 I l, ,_ J r 4 y- r T . I I I I I $' 1 i Y 1 i � � t i i + I t i I r i I t r J i + i } 4 — + i i Y l- ? r Y h ' I i 6' 1 f T f Y T t J F 1 + t J ' 1 1 ' I ' t a -1-- 1 t 1- J 1- 1 J- I- T I- 1 I 1 1 1 ' I I 1 ! I ' . I I I 1 I I 1 i 1 1 4 F T f , F 4 T F J F 11 -----'--- I I I ' ' 20' 4 MAX. I ; I ; 12" Pipe _-_--r_ — 1 a-- length ' 4' 6' 8' 10' minimum NOTE: The vent must not exceed a total length of 68 feet. Any * combination of rise and run may be used but must be constrained 1 INIJ 52 7/16 to the boundaries of this chart.A total of 3 90°elbows or combina- tion of other elbows equalling 90°can be used without reducing horizontal run. For each additional 90°elbow, or an equal com- bination of elbows, reduce horizontal vent run by 2 feet. Ensure vent pipe is properly supported. A minimum of 1 support every 4'must be used. I at 12/05/2022 ITSCAUCLIMIVICE 08/25/ 9 h' �NVV22 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY PIREPLX,g$,� 19 ff�� BUILDING DEPARTMENT Roof Termination Venting Chart Fig.#36 D ** A I B C Pipe length Minimum rise Pipe length Maximum run Maximum C II t p y 52 7/16" 1 x 12" 41" 1 x 24" �-1 64 7/16" 1 x 24" 51 1/4" 1 x 24" + 1 x 12" f 74 11/16" 1 x 24"+ 1 x 12" 167 3/4" 3 x 48" + 1 x 12" IB A ue + 80 11/16" 1 x 24"+ 1 x 18" 226" 4 x 48" + 1 x 24" 87 11/16" 1 x 48" 250" 5 x 48" i For other rise/run combinations see chart below **All dimensions are approximate. Both rise and run may vary with different 48. combinations of pipe. MAX. l . i -- i. .1- I. . 1- L J L . 46' - ,— f 1 —r f 1- i —1- I 1 1 F r + L , F - i i - r I -I— r i r i 1 i i 44' - 1 I. i + + h F t I. i • } l 1 1 r--- i 42' r 1 i -r -r 1 1 i i i + " F- . 1 , --- a r i r i -r L . 10' ' 1 . i I. • r i -F ♦ i t 1 r . r -1 . - i i i i i i 8' - , h i + i , "" F i r + L 20' ' 1 o 48" Min - E 1 , r + i i MAX. 1 1 1 6' i , r 1 •- I. i. +-- I F I I 4, i. � , 10' - , + 1 ,--- 8' 12" Pipe I _ 6' length \� 4' NOTE: The vent must not exceed a total length of 68 feet. Any minimum combination of rise and run may be used but must be constrained F____. to the boundaries of this chart.A total of 490°elbows orcombina- rtion of other elbows equalling 90°can be used without reducing i horizontal run. For each additional 90°elbow, or an equal com- bination of elbows, reduce horizontal vent run by 2 feet. Ensure '•' C vent pipe is properly supported.A minimum of 1 support every 4'must be used. RACOIkCLIMPIJNICE Op 08/25/2022 rr&C TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC30_CE 090610-44 20 i W 1.—L.i + BUILDING DEPARTMENT Roof Termination Venting A 4 141/2" Ceiling Opening: �� 1. Determine the exact position of the fireplace so that the vent pipe is centred(if possible) between two building framing members. Lay out the vent system path, minimizing the 4 /�number of elbows and length of vent.Consult your local building codes prior to proceed- ing. 2. Cut and frame a 14 1/2"opening in the floor, ceiling or roof where the vent system will pass.Size of the opening in the roof may need to be increased as the pitch of the roof increases.Avoid cutting rafters. Ceiling Firestop: Size of the opening will have to Where a vent pipe passes through a floor or ceiling,a ceiling firestop must be used to retain increase with the pitch of the insulation and maintain proper clearances. roof to ensure a 1 3/4" inch air space clearance between vent From below,push the ceiling firestop through the opening and secure in place.If the firestop is pipe and combustibles. used to penetrate a floor,the outer shield may be trimmed in length.If the firestop penetrates into an attic,leave the shield full length to keep insulation away from the vent pipe.Additionally, Roof Pitch A B after the vent pipe is in place,install a storm collar on top of the shield.This will prevent loose insulation from falling into the area between the vent pipe and the shield. 0/12 14 1/2" 7 1/4" 4/12 16 1/2" 8 3/4" 6/12 18" 10" 8/12 19 3/4" 11" 12/12 24" 13 3/4" Fig.#38 VENT PIPE Vent Pipe: 41141111* 1. Install the first section of vent pipe into the collar on top of the fireplace.Secure in place with screws and seal with ap- proved"High Temperature"self-adhesive �� j'/ aluminium tape provided. 2. Continue adding vent pipe lengths up and through the firestop(s) and through the roof.See Fig#40b for distances the vent pipe must extend above the roof. id Seal the vent pipe as per"Vent Pipe Sealant" section (Fig#42). Roof Support Bracket: Slip the roof support bracket down over the vent pipe. Rotate the 90° brackets to accommodate roof pitch.Attach the brackets to the roof joists with nails or building screws. Tighten the band around the vent pipe and secure in place with screws. ROOF SUPPORT BRACKET (TCVT.93915) rs/2022 RECEIVED RCACMCUINFIJNICE 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL e 21 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Roof Vent Terminal: 1. Place the roof flashing over the vent pipe, secure and seal it to the roof using the methods and materials appropriate for the type of roof on the building.Shingle roof example shown (Fig #39). 2. Place the storm collar down over the vent pipe until it is level.Tighten storm collar for a snug fit.Apply a thick horizontal ring of mastic around the pipe at top of the storm collar.(Fig#39) 3. Lower the roof vent terminal cap over the vent pipe and secure in place with screws provided. (Fig #39) Seal screw heads and joint with caulking to prevent any moisture entering the venting system. Fig.#39 VERTICAL TERMINATION CAP (TCVT.9365) 44I° VENT PIPE MASTIC (UNDER STOR STORM 0665)COLLAR COLLAR) ,t,t 7�\ 150, 7,A‘FLASHING NOTE: ADJUSTABLE FOR VARIOUS ROOF PITCHES, FROM FLAT ROOF TO 12/12 PITCH ROOF. :'- i'.. 11 r ti` 12/05/2022 11 RCACOOMMIVICE 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 22 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent Terminal Clearance Minimum clearances to the vent terminal must be maintained as shown Fig.#40 VENT TERMINAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES in figure#40&41.Measure clearances to the nearest edge of termina- TO ADJACENT STRUCTURES tion hood. 40b NOTE: Vent terminal must not be recessed NOTE: LOCAL CODES OR REGULATIONS MAY REQUIRE DIFFERENT CLEARANCES. 6"5 cm) 24" (61 cm) Fig.#40b Terminal to sloped Roof i :1, •itch Table (minimum) See Fig.We ft m — Flat to 6/12 1.00 0.30 (122 c 8"my } Over 6/12 to 7/12 1.25 0.38 Over 7/12 to 8/12 1.50 0.46 Over 8/12 to 9/12 2.00 0.61 f ADJACENT STRUCTURES Over 9/12 to 10/12 2.50 0.76 OR FENCE Over 10/12 to 11/12 3.25 0.99 Over 11/12 to 12/12 4.00 1.22 Vent Terminal Minimum Clearances Fig.#41 G — j i❑ j iH D } E --ICI- � /, / ©�\ ❑% FIXED CLOSES / ~B~E L B F OPEN- 1C1DD / I M \�I��II B T iv J --®k / —C.._K A } �j� AREA WHERE TERMINAL /G� Ei VENT TERMINAL O AIR SUPPLY INLET IS NOT PERMITTED IIIGAS METER A= `12 inches(30 cm)min. Clearances above grade,veranda,porch,deck,or balcony B= `12 inches(30 cm)min. Clearance to window or door that may be opened C= 12 inches(30 cm)min. Clearance to permanently closed window recommended to prevent condensation on window D= 30 inches(76 cm)min. Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located above the terminal within a horizontal distance of 2 feet(60 cm)from the edge of the terminal E= 30 inches(76 cm)min. Clearance to unventilated soffit F= 6 inches(15 cm)min. Clearance to outside corner G= 6 inches(15 cm)min. Clearance to inside corner H= 3 feet(90 cm)min. *Not to be installed above a meter/regulator assembly within 3 feet(90 cm)horizontally from the center-line of the regulator 1= *6 feet(1.8 m)min. Clearance to service regulator vent outlet J= *12 inches(30 cm)min. Clearance to non mechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance K= *6 feet(1.8 m)min. Clearance to a mechanical air supply inlet L= *7 feet(2.1 m)min. A Clearance above paved side-walk or a paved driveway located on public property M= **30 inches(76 cm)min Clearance under veranda,porch,deck,or balcony A a vent shall not terminate directly above a side-walk or paved driveway which is located between two single family dwellings and serves both I' ,,��jj it ** only if veranda,porch,deck,or balcony is fully open on a minimum of 2 sides b beneath the floor* ��� as specified in CAN/CSA B149.1 Installation Codes,Note:local Codes or Regulation mayrequire different clearances rD} for U.S.A.Installations follow the current National Fuel Gas Code,NFPA54/ANSI Z223.1 12/05/2022 l exeXteatieWAI e 08/25/ 422 TC30_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL ., 23 }' BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent Pipe Sealant Fig.#42 APPROVED"HIGH TEMP." SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE O` 111 \11, 11110 i �1� VENT PIPE IC:1111146611.001100;4 ,/ V IiIII All outer joints of the vent pipe must be sealed with the approved "High Temperature"self- adhesive aluminium tape provided.Wrap the tape completely around the joint and press firmly in place. �W E RECEIVED FOECOOEC MIVIIEi (I) 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 24 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent Restrictor Adjustment The vent restrictor is located on the underside of the firebox top.The unit leaves the factory Fig.#43 with the vent restrictor wide open.The restrictor is built into the appliance for secondary air WALL AND ROOF flow adjustment.Adjustment enables tuning the airflow for optimum flame appearance and performance for a wide variety of vent configurations. TERMINATION RESTRICTOR POSITION Setting: 48' r • determine the vent height. • determine the vent horizontal length.• from the chart determine the restrictor position. 40' 1" OPEN NG ' I Refer to the chart in Fig.#43 for the correct position of restrictor for the vent configuration 3/4" OPEN LP ---- of your installation. Restrictor positions are based upon lab tests.The ideal position may i vary slightly with installation. tF __ Restrictor position is too closed if the flame has the following characteristics: 30 + I T ;---- 30' • Flame is excessively tall and lifting. • Flame lacks movement. 2" OPEN • Flame soots. 22' Restrictor position is too open if the flame has the following characteristics: 20' -- T 1 - 4 20' 8' • Flame height is low. • Flame has excessive movement. -- 3" OPEN To adjust the restrictor: 12' 10' 1--; 4 - ,0' • Loosen the screw holding the restrictor. 6 - FULLY OPEN • Move the restrictor to its intended opening. 6' IT r • Re-tighten the screw. 4' 2 18" 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 0' 0' OPENING Fig.#43a VENT RESTRICTOR >,, r5 � RECEIVED RORCOOMINFIIVICE 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLL',C $,L 25 H F' BUILDING DEPARTMENT Firebox Panels Installation TC30 PANELS BEIGE HERRINGBONE TCPN.767 TUSCAN TCPN.768 HERITAGE RED BRICK TCPN.769 BLACK PORCELAIN TCPN.770.0 COFFE BEAN BROWN PORCELAIN TCPN.770CB.0 Fig.#44 (See Porcelain panel instruction manual for specific instructions for these panels) Before proceeding see burner instructions. A Firebox Panel Set must be installed for safe operation. Do not use the fireplace without panels.Unpack and inspect all panels.The panels need to be installed before the logs and grate are in place. Caution: The Firebox Panels are very fragile, and should be handled with care. 1. Remove the Side Panel Retainers located on the underside of the firebox heat shield. The retainers are each held in place by one screw. 2. Install the Rear Lower Panel. UPPER FIREBOX SHIELD 3. Install the Right Side Panel by inserting the bottom of the panel in first and then angling it up into position. It may be necessary to push the firebox shield up to allow panel to SIDE PANEL RETAINER move freely into place. 4. Install the Rear Upper Panel. 5. Install the Left Side Panel by inserting the bottom of the panel in first and then angling it up into position. 6. Re-install the Side Panel Retainers. 7. Install the Left and Right Front Panels. (HERITAGE RED BRICK PANEL SET Fig.#45 SHOWN) 1 \ '. 41114M1 ' t "'�LEFT SIDE PANEL REAR UPPER PANEL jf • .. . , , 8 .-- RIGHT SIDE PANEL `r'' .a._ REAR LOWER PANEL .r i! PP .r" —, . LEFT FRONT PANEL ,,� , r 'w .. = y"yam RIGHT FRONT PANEL 'Jti., ' -- vfficq t] f, -. - — 12/05/2022 — RACColkCOMPIJNICE (I) 08/25/2022 qk TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 26 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Finishing Touch Trim Kit Instructions 1. Place two smaller magnets on back of each side rail. 2. Place two larger magnets on back of the top and bottom rails. 3. Attach the side rails. Even the ends up with the door frame. 4. Attach the top and bottom rails and adjust so mitres are even at the corners. 5. Place TC magnetic logo in bottom right corner. Fig.#45a _ ma Larger nets 9' 9' Top or bottom rail Side rails l'o &Q.,c)U 1\11RYFI �pL�C 5 RECEIVED RCACOOMMIVICE 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLiCTh 27 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Lighting Instructions FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING -Do not touch any electric switch;do not use any phone in your WARNING: If you do not follow these instructions building. exactly,a fire or explosion may result causing -Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbour's phone. property damage,personal injury or loss of life. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. — -If you cannot reach your gas supplier,call the fire department. A. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which auto- C.Use only your hand to push in or turn the gas control knob.Never matically lights the pilot.Do not try to light the pilot by hand. use tools.If the knob will not push in or turn by hand,don't try B. BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the appliance area for gas. to repair it, call a qualified service technician. Force or at- Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier tempted repair may result in a fire or explosion. than air and will settle on the floor. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the -Do not try to light any appliance. appliance&to replace any part of the control system&any gas control which has been under water. LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS 1. STOP!Read the safety information above on this label. 6. Push the "On/ Off" switch to turn the fireplace on. 2. Set wall switch/ hand held remote to lowest setting. - If the burner does not light, repeat steps 4 through 6. 3. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which - If the burner will not light or stay lit after several automatically lights the pilot.Do not try to light the pilot by tries,push the "On/ Off" switch to the fireplace off and hand. call your service technician or gas supplier. 4. Push the "On/ Off' switch to the fireplace Off. Note: Sufficient time must be allowed for air to escape 5. Allow sufficient length of time(minimum 5 minutes)for any from lines if the unit is being lit for the first time. gas in the combustion chamber to escape.If you still smell 7. Set fireplace to desired setting by using either the wall gas,STOP!Follow"B"in the safety information above on switch or hand held remote. this label.If you don't smell gas,go to the next step. TO TURN OFF GAS TO APPLIANCE 1. Set wall switch / hand held remote to lowest setting. 3. Turn off all electric power to the appliance and remove 2. Push the "on/ off" switch to the "Off" position. backup batteries if service is to be performed or for extended shutdown. Due to high surface temperatures, keep children, clothing and furniture away. Keep burner and control compartment clean. See installation and operating instructions accompanying the appliance. A cause de la temperature elevee des parios,tenir eloignes les enfants,les vetements et les meubles.Maintenir propres le bruleur et le compartiment de commande.Voir les instructions relatives a('installation et au fonctionnement qui accompagnent l'appareil. CAUTION: Hot while in operation. Do not touch. Severe burns may result. Keep children, clothing, furniture,gasoline and other liquids having flammable vapours away. Keep burner and control compartment clean. See installation and operating instructions accompanying the appliance. ATTENTION: L'appareil est chaud lorsqu'il fonctionne. Ne pas toucher l'appareil. Risque de brulures graves. Serveiller les enfants. Garder les vetements, le meubles, l'essence ou autres liquides produisant des vapeurs inflammables loin de l'appareil. S'assurer que le bruleur et le compartiment des commandes sont propres. Voir les instructions d'installation et d'utilisation qui accompagnent l'appareil. 310106 5051.173 5-TC30 First Fire When lit for the first time,the fireplace will emit a slight odour for a couple of hours.This is due to the curing of paints,sealants and lubricants used in the manufacturing process.This condition is temporary. Open doors and windows to ventilate area. Odour caused by the curing process may cause discomfort to some individuals. It is normal for fireplaces fabricated of steel to give off some expansion and/or contraction noises during the start upor cool down cycle. Similar noises are foun i r c heat exchanger or cook yove oven. yE D R,3 12/OS/2022 FORCOOMMIVICE (I 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 28 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Maestro Control System Remote Control Initial Setup Fig.#46 This fireplace is supplied with a wall control ,g. and hand held remote control. Please note only genuineTown&Country O Fireplace wall controls and hand held remote controls can be used on this 11 1 F fireplace. II_I TO FREPIC.AOC STRY 1. Initial set up of the hand held remote is required. A "learn" button is located on the lower left hand side of the wall control.This should be depressed with a paperclip, pencil or other thin object. (Fig#46) ll_I'LI_l 2. Once this has been pressed, press the 0 o center button on the hand held remote. PPOW11 (Fig #47) The fireplace will then turn on. O3. Turn off the fireplace by pressing the center button again.The handset is now Q 400§0 synchronized with the fireplace. STANDING LEARN BUTTON PILOT BUTTON Initial Settings (Time and temperature) ON/OFF BUTTON 1. Press and hold the Al and A2 buttons at the same time until the temperature Fig.#48 symbol flashes.(Fig#48) 2. Use the up and down arrows to set pre- ferred temperature units.(°F or°C) 1 II I F FLASHES 3. Press OK and the"hour"value will start II_I to flash. 4. Use the up and down arrows to set the "hour"value. 5. Press OK and the"minute"value will Tric,7 DAY flash. In.n3„ HOUR: 6. Use the up and down arrows to set the MIN "minute"value. SPOWII 7Press OK and the"day"value will flash. Al el A2 HOLD A2 8. Use the up and down arrows to set the O` e "day"value. HOLD Al 9. Press OK to end the initial set up. r5/20220 RECEIVED FORCOOMMIVICE 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL $ 29 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Childproof Lock /g. '4• An additional feature of this remote control is the childproof lock.To activate this system press and hold the timer and thermostat buttons for approx. 5 seconds until the "lock" symbol appears on the remote display. (Fig #49)The remote control hand set buttons are now locked and the lock symbol will reappear every time a button is pressed on the remote —1 °f control until the timer and thermostat buttons are pressed and held again. I►_I Note:The fireplace can still be operated normally using the wall control even with the remote ' control buttons locked. st ILI'LI_ll Iris- 'OW I HOLD ci 0 11 Oquip f HOLD Maestro Control System - Operation Each Town and Country Maestro Control system comes equipped with a manual mode on Fig.#50 the wall control and hand held remote,and three programmable modes accessible with the hand remote. Manual Mode (On remote and wall control) ►I_I I1 I Basic operation of the fireplace can be performed with the wall control or remote hand set. (ON/OFF, as well as flame modulation UP/DOWN). The center button on the remote control can be used to turn the fireplace ON and OFF. With the fireplace off, press the center button to turn it on.(The"MAN"and flame icons will be displayed on the screen)A second push will turn it off.(The"MAN"and flame icons will disappear from the screen) In - ILI'LI.n ,, When the fireplace is on, the up and down buttons located above and below the center button are used to modulate the flame height.(Fig#50) FLAME A = UP OCountdown Timer Mode ON/OFF (Operates the fireplace for a preset length of time) O . V FLAME DOWN 1. Press the timer button and the time will flash on the lower center of the display. (Fig#51) 2. When display is flashing, use the up and down arrows to set the length of time you would like the fireplace to run. (The range is 10 minutes minimum to 180 minutes maximum).(Fig#52) 3. Press the OK button and the timer is set and the control is in countdown timer mode. 4. To exit the timer mode press the Program, Manual or Thermostat buttons. Please note �_` �� RECEIVED AV that the first press of the Manual button will turn the fireplace off. 12/05/2022 RORCOOWINFIJNICE 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 30 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Fig.#51 Program Mode Fig.#53 (To preset up to two on and off periods per day) f�f F The program mode has two settings for f�foF I I weekdays and two for weekends.The hand IL l held remote comes with the following pre programmed settings: 'szt, P ' Weekday Program (Monday through Friday) T Program one (P1) turns ON at 7:00am and T o-n-J°„ turns OFF at 8:00am Inn IU'LI7 ILI'LI °" Program two (P2) turns ON at 5:00pm and turns OFF at 7:00pm gPOW = TIMER FrOW1 Weekend Program el 0 (Saturday and Sunday) el 0 ti) 44ft09 Program one (P1) turns ON at 9:00am and e ft0O turns OFF at 10:00am Program two (P2) turns ON at 6:00pm and turns OFF at 9:00pm PROGRAM Activate the programs by pressing the pro- gram button on the lower left hand side of the remote hand set.(Fig#53) ig. ' To customize these setting: Fig.#54 b1. Hold the program button down until the display flashes. (P1, weekday ON time [Fig#54]) 11 12. Use the up and down buttons to change the time to the desired ON time. P $ 3. By pressing the OK button,the P1 week-day OFF time will flash.(Fig#54) \/MTWTF .I,4. Use the up and down buttons to set the . P' nn.nn E TIMER LIU'LILI desired OFF time.RUN DISPLAY PresstheOKbuttonandtheP2weekdayON time will flash. 670W11 6. Repeat the process to set the P2 week-day, P1 weekend and P2 weekend pro- Oft.O grams. 7. When the P2 OFF time is set and the OK button is pressed the display will stop flashing and the remote will be in program mode. The program settings are now stored in the remote handset and will not change unless the above process is repeated or the batteries are removed from the handset. To switch out of program mode, simply press one of the manual,timer or thermostat mode buttons.Please note that if the manual button is pressed will turn the IEVOENIED Cat WED it12/05/2022 FORCOYiC(NIONiE 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY PIREPL ,gS, 31 ff�� A I-' BUILDING DEPARTMENT Fig.#55 THERMOSTATIC MODE Thermostatic Mode Fig.#57 THERMOSTATIC BUTTON BUTTON (Only for use where permitted) 000 000 (Operates the fireplace within a set tem- O perature range) l l'1°� The fireplace is shipped with thermostatic 1'11_I mode function deactivated. If this function is permitted for use in your area it can be activated by depressing the recessed button on the underside of the hand held remote. rIC1 (Fig #55) Once activated the thermostat • 4 symbol(Fig#56)will be displayed when the thermostat button is pressed.• Inn ILI'LI_°" To activate a set point temperature: 1. Press the thermostat button to activate 64P0Ox the thermostat mode.The temperature and thermostat symbols will appear. CI 2. Press and hold the thermostat button 0ft. on the lower right hand side of the hand 0 held remote for 5 seconds.(Fig#57)The temperature icon on the display will flash. (Fig#58) Fig.#56 THERMOSTAT SYMBOL 3. While the temperature icon is flashing Fig.#58 TEMPERATURE SETTING / use the up and down arrows to set the temperature to the desired setting. 4. Once the desired setting is reached, J press the OK button. If the OK button is ll'1F ; Q not pressed the icon will continue to flash 1L 1 for 5 seconds and then set itself to the temperature displayed. 5. The fireplace is now in thermostatic mode. To exit the thermostatic mode press the program,manual ortimerbuttons.Please M note that the first press of the manualIn.I-i-Io button will turn the fireplace off. ILI•LI_I Od0 r 5 RECEIVED RCACMCUINFIJNICE V 08/25/2022 qC TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 32 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Maintenance APPENDIX CAUTION: Turn off gas and electrical power supply(if applicable)and allow ample time for unit to cool before servicing appliance. It is recommended that the fireplace and its venting should be inspected at least once a year by a qualified service person. Glass Panel: Warning: Do not operate fireplace with glass panel removed,cracked or broken.Replace- ment of the glass panel should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Do not strike or otherwise impact the glass in anyway that may cause it to break.If the glass becomes cracked or broken it must be replaced before using the fireplace.Replacement glass can be obtained from your nearest Town &Country FireplacesTM dealer.The size required is 30"x 26"x 5mm.Use ceramic glass only. Do not substitute with any other type. To remove broken glass, remove window frame as noted in "Window Frame Removal" section. Unclip the Glass Retainer Clips located at the top and sides of the Window Frame.Pull the top edge of the glass out of the frame first,then lift it up and out of the bottom edge. Install the new piece of glass with the gasket into the frame so that the thicker bead of gasket faces the fireplace. Re-install glass retaining clips. Annual Inspection: a) Remove glass panel and inspect the decorative burner media (such as logs, pebbles, glass etc) for soot build up. If excessive build up of soot is present, have a qualified service person inspect and adjust the unit for proper combustion.Clean the decorative media and use a brush or vacuum cleaner to clean the burner, paying close attention to the burner ports. b) Check the pilot system for proper flame size and operation.Clean pilot free of soot,dust Fig.#59 PILOT or any other deposits.(See Fig.#59) c) Check that the vent pipe and vent terminal are open and free from blockage or debris.If the venting is disassembled for cleaning, it must be properly assembled and re-sealed. Refer to VENTING section for proper procedure. FLAME SENSOR PILOT FLAME d) Check glass panel gasket, replace if necessary. It is important that the glass seal be maintained in good condition. ELECTRODE e) Check and replace batteries as needed. f111,44%„—•' Note: The appliance area must be kept clear and free from combustible materials,gasoline I d and other flammable vapours and liquids. •/ a Periodically: " a) Viewing glass may be cleaned as necessary with fireplace glass cleaner. b) Exterior finish may be cleaned with mild soap and water. ' CAUTION: Do not use abrasive cleaners on glass or any other part of the fireplace. Do not clean glass when hot. RORCAUCLIWUNICE 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLES� 33 /�� BUILDING DEPARTMENT TC30_C Replacement Parts (WHEN ORDERING, INCLUDE PART NUMBER WITH DESCRIPTION) ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. #1 TC30 BODY TC30.CE #4 PANEL SETS HERRINGBONE TCPN.767 #2 GLASS ASSM C/W GASKET GLAS.2066 TUSCAN TCPN.768 HERITAGE RED TCPN.769 #3 FRAMING KIT TC30. FRKIT BLACK PORCELAIN TCPN.770.0 C B BROWN PORCELAIN TCPN.770CB.0 -® CO ....0 Il , 0 :� �j, Gil �. o III 1 r 1 -- liAl )1 ../-.0 MAESTRO CONTROL ASSEMBLY-See Page 35 #4 0 0 r,'k' ® /`re 411 GO KIT CONTENTS: #1 TC30 BODY ASSEMBLY la FIREBOX SHIELD(c/w insulation) #3 FRAMIMG KIT 1 b FLUE DAMPER 3a STEEL STUDS 1c SPRING LATCH ASSEMBLY(2) 3b NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD ld CONTROL ASSEMBLY HOLDER #4 PANEL SETS BRICK PANEL RETAINER(not shown) 4a PANEL,LEFT SIDE 3a STEEL STUDS 4b PANEL,UPPER 3b NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD 4c PANEL,RIGHT SIDE 4d PANEL,LEFT BASE #2 GLASS ASSEMBLY 4e PANEL,RIGHT BASE 2a REPLACEMENT GLASS(c/w gasket) 4f PANEL,LOWER BACK vun RECEIVED RCACOOMMUNICE 12/o�,zozz� (I) 08/25/2022 'k TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 34 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Replacement Parts - Maestro Control System (WHEN ORDERING, INCLUDE PART NUMBER WITH DESCRIPTION) ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO. #1 CONTROL ASSEMBLY KIT TCRP.9271A #5 COMMUNICATION CABLE KIT TCRP.5005.06 #2 BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY KIT TCRP.9284 #6 CONTROL BOX KIT TCRP.9270WLD #3 UTILITY BOX ASSEMBLY KIT TCRP5024.405 #7 REMOTE HAND SET 5005.05 #4 SMART HOME WALL CONTROL ASSY.TCRP.500504B #8 TEST FITTING 5019.104 #1 • 1 � 1 1 — ''. 1 1 11 / ,— 1m \ '.� Illol I 1a /,...' is ill I' \V 1 H I -e,e. I 1 I I I 1 j 1 I vI��. ,'., 1 1 I 1 fi`�� j \ 1 d _ _....... „, .... „ I • ,..... ..., ��I 1 I ,,, I 1 I '2a 11 40, I 0/if 2e � I ��lp. , 1e �� I 1 :„ ,.„ �► ��dJ 2b i i 1 k e, F ----''— \\ \ 2f 2c 2d��/' /(49 ��.— 4a ii•,..._(.1j 1 j 0• 1 / 3a 3c II�G��f�� ira I._. e� o. 1% It #3 \--11\ 0 0 KIT CONTENTS: 3b - #1....CONTROL ASSEMBLY KIT #2....BULKHEAD ASSEMBLY KIT #5....COMMUNICATION CABLE KIT 1a VALVE c/w FITTINGS 2a INLET PLATE 1 b 1/4"FLEX TUBE 2b INLET PLATE GASKET 1c 1/2"FLEX TUBE 2c ELEC BULKHEAD GASKET #6....CONTROL BOX KIT id CONTROL MOUNTING BRACKET 2d 1/2"BULKHEAD FITTING le IGNITION MODULE 2e 1/4"BULKHEAD FITTING if WIRING HARNESS 2f ELEC BULKHEAD FITTING #7....REMOTE HAND SET lg IGNITION/SENSOR WIRES 1 h PRESSURE TEST ASSEMBLY #3....UTILITY BOX ASSEMBLY KIT li AC ADAPTOR 3a UTILITY BOX #8....TEST FITTING 1j TC36ST PLATE(A) 3b ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE 1 k TC36ST PLATE(B 3c COVER PLATE 11 WING NUTS(2) 1 m TC30 MINIMUM RATE SCREW,NG #4....WALL SWITCH ASSSEMBLY KIT 2a INLET PLATE 4a BATTERY HOLDER 2b INLET PLATE GASKET 4b WALL CONTROL COVER PLATE 2c ELEC BULKHEAD GASKET 4c WALL CONTROL 2d 1/2"BULKHEAD FITTING ; 2e 1/4"BULKHEAD FITTING 1)I-1 ,i! �.-, I\ - 2f ELEC BULKHEAD FITTING ItU ISNE� II 4 `'� i� I 1 _, 12/05/2022 OORCOOecuYFIVICE ".' 08/25/ 922 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLAC E 35 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Wiring Diagram Fig.#60 a) r Y U N (0 m 3 L C U O O .3 E f3/1 N E C[y - I U > n a� o 0 N N d 3 /1- '-^ Noel9 o o -' 2 • ° c 0 • 0- U 14®D °1 moeig c c6 o p c -t .- as • x Q- . o o I i O E m -0 O Eo d TO U ` d �U •1U C.)c ,• / 1 . U C o a)U w U I I Oh I— Y Y - 0 N L. o J � m W O LU a al — N „. I . H c c.0, Q ® Mt int c �z ., 4 > aL L 0 a °) aJ 2g a) 0 Z W N a d a7) d a Y Y N I-Et -6 3 a N� . 5 m U o J o _ E ce CO U 0) y a 3 abueip a� ❑<� L Qh _ .0- u) 0 „,...... u, _.., _ . °' .- d c C O C - u_ OU O Q > U V > - Q L a 0 — CO .- U CD to ��ry���)�y ISNE } -- 1-..-, FI \4 1 try FORCORC MIVICE 1p 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 36 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Wall Termination Kit TCVT.WTA Wall Shield/ Fig.#61 Ceiling Firestop S1 Thimble TCVT.THIMA WALL TERMINAL 161/2" Fig.#62 TCVT.9360 161/2" L FIRESTOP THIMBLE TCVT.THIMA 9 5/8 Roof Termination Kit TCVT.RTA Fig.#63 16 1/2" VERTICAL TERMINATION CAP TCVT.9365 9° STORM COLLAR TC42.90665 o • 41111016 ROOF SUPPORT WALL SHIELD/CEILING BRACKET FIRESTOP TCVT.93915 TCVT.THIMA RECEIVED ro/moo« FOECOOEC MIVIIEi m` 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLV) 37 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent Pipe Dimensions Fig.#64 11" - 1 • • 12"PIPE 10 1/4" 18"PIPE 16 1/4" 24" PIPE 22 1/4" 48" PIPE 46 1/4" 9 1/2" 10 15/16" I I• i TCVT.811 X12ADJ - 11 1/8" TCVT.811 X__ 1 . 1 13 13/16" 12 9/16" 81 • 8 5/16" 11111 1 5/16" 13 1/8" 10 5/16" 7/16" TCVT.811 XLB45 15 7/8" TCVT.811 XLB90 FORCOO cuwuwwE qc,�� 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 38 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Vent Offset Chart Fig.#65 } A B C / � 12"PIPE 18 5/8" 18" A 18"PIPE 22 7/8" 22 3/8" / 10 7/8" / 24" PIPE 27 1/8" 26 1/2" 1 48" PIPE 44 1/16" 43 1/2" C / / 1 1/4" / / - 113/8" - ADDING AN ADJUSTABLE SECTION 1 TO PIPE WILL INCREASE OFFSET 1 BY 2 1/8"TO 6 3/4" 1 1/4" f B A B C 12" PIPE 13 7/16" 23 1/4" 18" PIPE 17 9/16" 27 5/8" A 24" PIPE 21 7/8" 31 3/4" is 111s" 48" PIPE 38 3/4" 44 7/8" < // / / C / / 1 1/4"1— ADDING AN ADJUSTABLE SECTION / / s 1/8" TO PIPE WILL INCREASE OFFSET BY 2 1/8"TO 6 3/4" i • 17 1 ' B -1 r A 20" 20" digill 1 i m �s - 1 1/4" 1 1/4" 18 3/4" B A B 12"PIPE 29" 18"PIPE 35" ADDING AN ADJUSTABLE SECTION 24"PIPE 41" TO PIPE WILL INCREASE OFFSET BY 3"TO 9 1/2" 48"PIPE 65" r4 r(Ul� � i 12/05/2022 FORCOO E:WH N M 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPL S. 39 BUILDING DEPARTMENT Notes rogED RECEIVED CM 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 40 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Notes i 5 D RECEIVED FORMC(1fIHM110E 08/25/ 422 TC3O_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLUG S 41 H F' BUILDING DEPARTMENT Notes rogED RECEIVED CM 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 42 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT Safety Label Location NOTE: The Safety Label is located on a plate found in a slot between the left hand side lintel and the left hand side window frame.This plate is attached to the lintel with a cable. VENTED GAS FIREPLACE - NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL FOYER AU GAZ A EVACUATION - NE PAS UTILISER AVEC WH- u, DU COMBUSTIBLE SOLIDS L. US ANSI Z21.50b-2009/CSA 2.22b-2009 Vented Gas Fireplaces This Appliance is Equipped For Use With / CAN/CGA 2.17-M91 Gas-Fired Appliance For Use At High Altitudes. Cet Appareil est Equipe Pour Utilise Avec: Certified for/Certifie pour Canada and U.S.A. NATURAL GAS LP-GAS ntertek WN# 16404 GAZ NATUREL ■ LP GAZ ■ TOWN & COUNTRY FOR USE WITH/ NATURAL GAS/ LP GAS/ EN CASE D'EMPLOI AVEC: DU GAZ NATUREL DU GAZ LP FIREPLACES TM Minimum supply pressure/Pression minimum d'alimentation: 5.0 in/wc/5.0 po/c.e. 12.5 in/wc/12.5 po/c.e. (For the purpose of input adjustment/dans le but de regler I'alimenation) (1.25 kPa) (3.11 kPa) MODEL/ Maximum supply pressure/Pression maximum d'alimentation: 13.9 in/wc/13.9 po/c.e. 13.9 in/wc/13.9 po/c.e. MODELS: ■ TC30 (3.45 kPa) (3.45 kPa) Manifold pressure/Pression de la tuyauterie: Maximum 3.8 in/wc/3.8 po/c.e. 11.0 in/wc/11.0 po/c.e. SERIES/ (.95 kPa) (2.74 kPa) SERIE: C Orifice Size/Diametre de l'injectuer: # 32 (2.95mm) # 48 (1.93 mm) MADE IN CANADA Input BTU/hr(kW)/Entree BTU/h(kW): Max.: 35,000 (10.25) Max.: 35,000 (10.25) Min.: 27,000 (7.91) Min.: 27,000 (7.91) FABRIQUE AU CANADA Optional components: -Remote Heat Kit/Elements facultatifs:Kit a Distance de la Chaleur(TC36.RHKA);Blower electrical rating/Normes electriques du ventilateur:115v,60hz,0.5 A: -Power Vent/Elements facultatifs: Par Soufflierie(TCVT.PVB1);Blower electrical rating/Normes electriques du ventilateur: 115v,60hz,1.8 A This appliance equipped for altitudes 0-4500 ft.(0-1372 m)/Cet unite est concu pour des altitudes variant entre 0-4500 pieds(0-1372 m).In Canada,also certified for installation in a bedroom or a bedsitting room/Aussi certifie pour installation dans une chambre a coucher ou une salle de sejour.This appliance must be installed in accordance with local codes,if any;if none,follow the current CAN/CGA-B149.1(Canada),or ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54(USA)Installation Codes.Installer l'appareil selon les codes ou reglements locaux,ou,en('absence de tels reglements,selon les codes d'installation CAN/CGA-B149.1 (Canada),or ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54(USA)en vigeur. MANUFACTURED(MOBILE)HOME: This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate and may be installed in an aftermarket, permanently located,manufactured(mobile)home where not prohibited by local codes.See owners manual for details. FABRIQUEZ(MOBILE)MAISON: Cet appareil doit etre utilise uniquement avec le type de gaz indique sur la plaque signaletique et peut titre installe dans une maison prefabriquee(mobile)installee a demeure si les reglements locaux le permettent.Voir la notice du proprietaire pour plus de details.Cet appareil ne peut etre converti a d'autres gaz sauf si une trousse de conversion certifiee est utilisee. Install in accordance with the current standard Mobile Homes,CAN/CSA Z240 MH(in CANADA),and the Manufacturer's Home Construction and Safety Standard,Title 24 CFR,Part 3280,or the current Standard for Fire Safety Criteria for Manufactured Home Installations,Sites,and Communities ANSI/NFPA 501A,(in the U.S.A.). Cet appareil diot etre installe conformement aux exigences de la norme CAN/CSA Z240 MH en vigueur de I'ACNOR,Installations de gaz dans les Constructions Mobiles. FOR USE WITH GLASS DOORS CERTIFIED WITH THE APPLIANCE ONLY/POUR UTILISATION UNIQUEMENT AVEC LES PORTES IN VERRE CERTIFIEES AVEC L'APPAREIL MINIMUM CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLES/CLAIRANCES MINIMALES AVEC LES COMBUSTIBLE Pacific Energy Left and Right side are determined when facing the front of the appliance./Les cotes droit et gauche se determinent Fireplace Products Ltd. en se mettant devant l'appareil et en lui faisant face. Duncan,British Columbia, Top,Back and Side Standoffs/Sommet,Arriere et Cote Butee 0 in./0 po. (0 mm) Canada Sidewall to Appliance/Du mur lateral a l'appareil 4 in./4 po. (102 mm) Ceiling to Appliance/Plafond a l'appareil 24 in./24 po. (610 mm) DDI/ Mantel to Appliance/Du manteau al'appareil *12 in./12 po. (305 mm) Maximum Mantel Extension/Allongement maximum du manteau *12 in./12 po. (305 mm) *See Installation Manual for more detail/Voyez des Directive TECHNOLOGY de('Installation pour plus detaux. Mantel Supports/Supports du manteau 4 in./4 po. (102 mm) Vent Pipe/Dechargez leTuyau 1.75 in./1.75 po. (45 mm) Accepted for Use City of New York WARNING: Improper installation,adjustment,alteration,service or maintenance can cause injury or property damage. Department of Buildings Refer to the owner's information manual provided with this appliance.For assistance or additional information,consult a M EA 55-07-E qualified installer,service agency or the gas supplier. AVERTISSEMENT: Une installation,un reglage,une modification,une reparation ou un entretien mal effectue peut causer Pacific Energy des dommages materiels ou des blessures.Voir la notice de l'utilisateur qui accompgne l'appareil.Pour de('aide ou des Fireplace Products Ltd. renseignements supplementaires,consultez un installateur,un technicien agree ou le fournisseur de gaz. F M e-01 VED 12/05/2022 J 08/25/ 922 TC30_CE 090610-44 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLiC & 43 BUILDING DEPARTMENT (Tcst TOWN & COUNTRY FIREPLACES' Technical support: 1-250-748-1184 Web site: www.townandcountryfireplaces.net 2975 Allenby Rd., Duncan, BC V9L 6V8 r2oragn REC FIVE RCACMCUINVIIVICE 08/25/2022 TOWN&COUNTRY FIREPLACES TC3O_CE 090610-44 44 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT This appliance must be installed in conformance with local and national building regulations.Before beginning the installation,it is important that the these instructions be carefully read and understood. JOtul maintains a policy of continual product development.Consequently,products may differ in specifi- � cation,color or type of accessories from those illustrated or described in various publications. oo p JWtul vise sans cesse a ameliorer ses produits.C'est pourquoi,it se reserve le droit de modifier les specifi- i0 cations,couleurs etequipement sans avis prelable. fie - parts . com JOtul AS P.O.Box mil N-16o2 Fredrikstad Norway 0414 Jotul North America JOTUL 55 Hutcherson Dr. Gorham,ME o4038 z634 RECEIVED 1 12/05/2022 RORCMCUYHMXOE 08/25/2022 ASPEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT